IPS-G-ME-150(1) FOREWORD The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and are intended for use in the oil and gas production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing installations and other such facilities. IPS is based on internationally acceptable standards and includes selections from the items stipulated in the referenced standards. They are also supplemented by additional requirements and/or modifications based on the experience acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and the local market availability. The options which are not specified in the text of the standards are itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can select his appropriate preferences therein. The IPS standards are therefore expected to be sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt these standards to their requirements. However, they may not cover every requirement of each project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS Standard shall be prepared by the user which elaborates the particular requirements of the user. This addendum together with the relevant IPS shall form the job specification for the specific project or work. The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately every five years. Each standards are subject to amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the latest edition of IPS shall be applicable The users of IPS are therefore requested to send their views and comments, including any addendum prepared for particular cases to the following address. These comments and recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant technical committee and in case of approval will be incorporated in the next revision of the standard. Standards and Research department No.19, Street14, North kheradmand Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran . Postal Code- 1585886851 Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055 Fax: 88810462 Email: Standards@nioc.org ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر ( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎيIPS) اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و، ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ،ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت،ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ .ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل،اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت.ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ،ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در.اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه .اﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه،اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ .اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي.ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ.ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه،اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ .و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ.ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ .ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و،از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد ﻧﻈﺮات و. ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ،ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ .ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ، ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ، ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ، ﺗﻬﺮان،اﻳﺮان 19 ﺷﻤﺎره،ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ 1585886851 : ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ 66153055 و88810459 - 60 : ﺗﻠﻔﻦ 88810462 : دور ﻧﮕﺎر Standards@nioc.org :ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ : ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ General Definitions: Throughout this Standard definitions shall apply. the following Company : Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum such as National Iranian Oil Company, National Iranian Gas Company, and National Petrochemical Company etc. Purchaser : Means the “Company" Where this standard is part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”, and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part of contract documens. Vendor And Supplier: Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or fabricate the equipment or material. Contractor: Refers to the persons, firm or company whose tender has been accepted by the company, Executor : Executor is the party which carries out all or part of construction and/or commissioning for the project. Inspector : The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a person/persons or a body appointed in writing by the company for the inspection of fabrication and installation work Shall: Is used where a provision is mandatory. Should Is used where a provision is advisory only. Will: Is normally used in connection with the action by the “Company” rather than by a contractor, supplier or vendor. May: Is used where a provision is completely discretionary. .در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود : ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ، ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان، ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان .ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد :ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ . اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ :ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي . ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ :ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش، ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ .ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ : ﻣﺠﺮي ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از .ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ :ﺑﺎزرس در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات .ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ :ﺑﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد :ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ .ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد :ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس .ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ : ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ . ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ IPS-G-ME-150(1) GENERAL STANDARD FOR TOWERS, REACTORS, PRESSURE VESSELS AND INTERNALS FIRST REVISION JANUARY 2010 اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ، راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ،ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to any third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum. 0 ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ.اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ،ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان ذﺧﻴﺮه، ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ، ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد . ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد، اﻧﺘﻘﺎل،ﺳﺎزي Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ CONTENTS : Page No IPS-G-ME-150(1) : ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ 1. INTRODUCTION .............................................7 7 ............................................................. ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ-1 PART I TOWERS, COLUMNS AND PROCESS PRESSURE VESSELS: : ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي، ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎI ﺑﺨﺶ 1. SCOPE ................................................................8 8 ..................................................... داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد-1 2. REFERENCES...................................................8 8 ............................................................ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ-2 3. UNITS .................................................................11 11 ........................................................... واﺣﺪﻫﺎ-3 4. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS ...............11 11 ............................................... ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد-4 5. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS.......11 11 ......................................... اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزي-5 5.1 General..........................................................11 11 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-5 5.2 Final Reports, Data Sheets, and Manuals..13 13 داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎ، ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ2-5 6. MATERIALS.....................................................14 14 .............................................................. ﻣﻮاد-6 6.1 General..........................................................14 14 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-6 6.2 Pressure Parts ..............................................15 15 ....................................... ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر2-6 6.3 Non-Pressure Parts ......................................15 15 .................................. ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر3-6 6.4 Expansion Joints ..........................................16 16 ........................................ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ4-6 6.5 Bolting ...........................................................16 16 ................................................... ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري5-6 7. DESIGN..............................................................17 17 ........................................................... ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-7 7.1 General..........................................................17 17 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-7 7.2 Design Data...................................................17 17 ................................................ داده ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ2-7 8. FABRICATION.................................................33 33 ........................................................... ﺳﺎﺧﺖ-8 8.1 General..........................................................33 33 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-8 8.2 Cutting, Forming and Tolerances ..............36 36 ................. ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ و رواداري ﻫﺎ، ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري2-8 1 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 8.3 Welding .........................................................39 39 ................................................ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري3-8 8.4 Welding Electrodes ......................................40 40 ............................... اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري4-8 8.5 Clad Disbonding Prevention .......................41 41 .......................... ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ5-8 8.6 Preheating.....................................................41 41 .......................................... ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن6-8 8.7 Post-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT)..........42 42 ......... (PWHT) ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش7-8 8.8 Tolerances.....................................................42 42 ............................................... رواداري ﻫﺎ8-8 9. INSPECTION AND TESTING.........................49 49 ............................................. ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-9 9.1 General..........................................................49 49 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-9 9.2 Material Inspection......................................50 50 .............................................. ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد2-9 9.3 Welding Inspection ......................................50 50 ............................................ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش3-9 9.4 Inspection and Testing Records..................53 53 ......................... ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ4-9 9.5 Scope of Inspection and Testing .................53 53 ............................... داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ5-9 9.6 Hydrostatic Testing......................................56 56 ........................................ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ6-9 10. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ..............56 56 ...................................... آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ-10 10.1 Cleaning and Blanking ..............................56 56 ................................. ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري و ﻛﻮر ﻛﺮدن1-10 11. GUARANTEE ..................................................58 58 .......................................................... ﮔﺎراﻧﺘﻲ-11 12. Quality Assurance............................................58 58 ........................................... اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ-12 PART II TRAYS AND TOWER INTERNALS: : ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮجII ﺑﺨﺶ 1. SCOPE ................................................................59 59 ..................................................... داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد-1 2. MATERIALS .....................................................59 59 ............................................................... ﻣﻮاد-2 3. DESIGN ..............................................................61 61 ........................................................... ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-3 3.1 General..........................................................61 61 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-3 2 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 3.2 Loads and Stresses .......................................61 61 ............................................ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ و ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﺎ2-3 3.3 Tray Support ................................................62 62 ........................................ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ3-3 3.4 Corrosion Allowance ...................................62 62 ............................................ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز4-3 3.5 Thickness of Tray.........................................63 63 ........................................... ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ5-3 3.6 Bolts and Nuts ..............................................63 63 ......................................... ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ6-3 3.7 Tray Manways and Access..........................64 64 .......................... آدم روﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ7-3 4. FABRICATION .................................................64 64 ........................................................... ﺳﺎﺧﺖ-4 4.1 General..........................................................64 64 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-4 4.2 Tolerances.....................................................65 65 ............................................... رواداري ﻫﺎ2-4 4.3 Gaskets and Packing....................................65 65 ................................... ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ3-4 4.4 Surface Finishing .........................................65 65 ............................................ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ4-4 4.5 Welding .........................................................66 66 ................................................. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري5-4 4.6 Marking ........................................................67 67 ............................................ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري6-4 5. INSPECTION AND TESTING ........................67 67 ............................................. ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-5 5.1 Tray Fit-Up...................................................67 67 ........................................ ﺳﻮارﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ1-5 5.2 Leakage Tests ...............................................67 67 ......................................... آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ2-5 6. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ................68 68 ....................................... آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ-6 6.1 General..........................................................68 68 ...................................................... ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-6 6.2 Handling and Storage ..................................68 68 ............................... ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي2-6 6.3 Release for Shipment ...................................68 68................................................ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ3-6 3 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) PART III ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE VESSELS AND REACTORS HAVING WALL THICKNESS OVER 50 mm: اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر وIII ﺑﺨﺶ : ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ50 راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﻻي 1. SCOPE ................................................................69 69 ..................................................... داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد-1 2. MATERIALS .....................................................69 69 ............................................................... ﻣﻮاد-2 3. DESIGN ..............................................................71 71 ........................................................... ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-3 4. INTERNALS ......................................................74 74 .................................................... اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ-4 5. FABRICATION .................................................77 77 ........................................................... ﺳﺎﺧﺖ-5 6. WELDING..........................................................78 78 ....................................................... ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري-6 7. INSPECTION AND TESTING ........................78 78 ............................................ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-7 7.1 Visual and Dimensional Inspection ............78 78 ............................... ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي1-7 7.2 Radiographic Examination .........................79 79 ..................................... آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري2-7 7.3 Ultrasonic Examination...............................79 79 ....................................... آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮا ﺻﻮت3-7 7.4 Magnetic Particle Inspection ......................80 80 ................................ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ4-7 7.5 Liquid Penetrant Examination ...................81 81 ........................................ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ5-7 7.6 Hardness Test ...............................................81 81 ............................................ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ6-7 7.7 Chemical Analysis........................................81 81 .......................................... آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ7-7 7.8 Hydrostatic Testing......................................82 82 ....................................... آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ8-7 APPENDICES: :ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ APPENDIX A GENERALLY USED MATERIALS IN OIL REFINERY SERVICES 83 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي 83 ......................................... ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ 4 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX B MATERIALS FOR PRESSURE PARTS FOR NORMAL SERVICE......................................84 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در 84 ........................................ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ APPENDIX C MANUFACTURE’S INSPECTION RECORD ......................................85 85 ................................. ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه APPENDIX D MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION...........................87 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ 87 ............................................... ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري APPENDIX E MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION...........................88 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت 88 ..................................................... ﺻﻮت APPENDIX F MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION .....89 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات 89 ............................................... ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ APPENDIX G MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR LIQUID PENETRANT EXAMINATION..........................90 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ 90 ................................................. ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ APPENDIX H PRESSURE VESSEL SPECIFICATION.........................91 91 ........................ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ح ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر APPENDIX I VESSEL TRAYS TOLERANCES FOR FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY.....................................93 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ط روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي 93 ........................................ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ APPENDIX J OPEN STRUCTURE SUPPORT BEAM .........................94 94 ........................... ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ي ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺎز APPENDIX K TRAY SUPPORT RINGS ...........95 95 ................... ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ك ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ 5 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX L TRAYS SPECIFICATION SHEET ...........................................96 96 ......................... ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ل ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ APPENDIX M GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE..............................98 98 ............................................. ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ م ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ 6 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ-1 1. INTRODUCTION The term of pressure vessels has a large variety of applications in oil industries. It includes process pressure vessels and receivers, drums, towers, columns, heavy wall pressure vessels, reactors, etc. Since all of these vessels have different technical specifications from the point of view of materials and engineering design, which can not be verified under one subject of heading, therefore, this Standard is prepared in three parts as follow: Part I : Part II : Part III : واژه ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داراي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﻲ در اﻳﻦ واژه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر.ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ، ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ، ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ، درامﻫﺎ،ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ . راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ،ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از اﻳﻦ ﻇﺮوف داراي ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻲ از دﻳﺪﮔﺎه ﻣﻮاد و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻟﺬا اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد.ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد :در ﺳﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ Covers the minimum Engineering and Material requirements for process pressure vessels, receivers, towers and columns. ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي:I ﺑﺨﺶ Contains the Engineering and Material requirements for trays and tower internals. ﺣﺎوي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي:II ﺑﺨﺶ Gives the minimum Engineering design and Material specifications for heavy wall pressure vessels and reactors and additional requirements for the internals of these type of vessels. ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ:III ﺑﺨﺶ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ،ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ و ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ،ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ .ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ .ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع از ﻇﺮوف را .ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ 7 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) PART I I ﺑﺨﺶ TOWERS, COLUMNS AND PROCESS PRESSURE VESSELS ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي،ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد-1 1. SCOPE 1.1 This Part of Engineering and Material Standard covers the minimum requirements for materials, design, fabrication, inspection and testing, and preparation for shipment of unfired pressure vessels, including towers, columns, receivers, etc. اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ و ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت1-1 1.2 The requirements cover steel pressure vessels of carbon steels, alloy steels, and carbon steel clad or lined with stainless steels. ، اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﻮﻻدي از ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ2-1 ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي، ﺳﺎﺧﺖ، ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ،ﻣﻮاد ، ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ،ﺣﻤﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ .درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي و ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ .داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ 1.3 In all cases where more than one code or Standard applies to the same conditions, the company shall be consulted for selection of the applicable standard. در ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ3-1 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ،اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود .ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﺷﻮد :1 ﻳﺎدآوري Note 1: ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ1380 اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ . اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ140 ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره1 ﺷﻤﺎره This standard specification is reviewed and updated by the relevant technical committee on Feb. 2001, as amendment No. 1 by circular No. 140. :2 ﻳﺎدآوري Note 2: اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ1388 ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل از.( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد1) ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ .( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ0) اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ This bilingual standard is a revised version of the standard specification by the relevant technical committee on Jan 2010, which is issued as revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard specification is withdrawn. :3 ﻳﺎدآوري Note 3: ﻣﺘﻦ،در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ .اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ In case of conflict between Farsi and English languages, English language shall govern. ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ-2 2. REFERENCES Throughout this Standard the following dated and undated standards/codes are referred to. These referenced documents shall, to the extent specified herein, form a part of this standard. For dated references, the edition cited applies. The applicability of changes in dated references that occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Vendor. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced documents (including any supplements and amendments) applies. در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار و اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در.ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ،اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ، در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار.اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا،داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم، در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ.ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 8 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ( )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲNACE /ISO NACE /ISO (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF CORROSION ENGINEERS) NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 "ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ و ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي داراي ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن "(2003 در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز )ﺳﺎل "Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries Materials for Use in H2S-Containing Environments in Oil and Gas Production "(2003) "روﺷﻬﺎ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ )ﻧﻈﺎرﺗﻬﺎ( ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮيRP0472 از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ در ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻬﺎي "ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺶ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم RP0472 "Methods and Controls to Prevent In-Service Environmental Cracking of Carbon Steel Weldments in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments" API 601 (AMERICAN INSTITUTE) ( )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎAPI PETROLEUM "ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ دورو ﭘﻮﺷﺶ "داده ﻣﻮﺟﺪار و ﻓﻨﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه "Metallic Gaskets for Raised Face Pipe Flanges and Flanged Connections (Double Jacketed Corrugated and Spiral-Wound)" OF ( )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎASME VESSEL ()آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻳﮓ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ASME (AMERICAN SOCIETY MECHANICAL ENGINEERS) AND PRESSURE ""ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد Section II "Material Specification" ""ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر (2007) ﺑﺨﺶ دوم،VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Section VIII, Division 2(2007) ""ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر "Pressure Vessels Alternative Rules" ""آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب Section V "Non-Destructive Examination" SA-370 II ﻗﺴﻤﺖ (2007) ﺑﺨﺶ اول،VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Section VIII, Division 1(2007) "Pressure Vessels" Section IX "Welding and Qualifications" 601 "ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن در دﻣﺎﻫﺎ وPubl. 941 ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ و "ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ Publ. 941 "Steel for Hydrogen Service at Elevated Temperatures and Pressures in Petroleum Refineries and Petrochemical Plants" (BOILER CODE) IPS-G-ME-150(1) V ﻗﺴﻤﺖ " " ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎريIX ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Brazing "ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي "آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻓﻮﻻدي "Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products " 9 SA-370 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) B16.20 "Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, SpiralWound, and Jacketed" "ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻓﻨﺮﭘﻴﭻ، اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﻠﻘﻮي:ﻟﻮﻟﻪ "ﺷﺪه و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دار B16.20 B 1.1 "Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form)" "رزوهﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ )رزوه "(UNR وUN ﻧﻮع B 1.1 B 16.47 "Flanges DN600" Than "ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ "600 B 16.47 B 16.5 "Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings" "ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت "ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ B 16.5 B 18.2.2 "Square and Hex Nuts" ""ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ و ﺷﺶ ﺿﻠﻌﻲ B 18.2 .2 Larger ASTM (AMERICAN SOCIETY TESTING AND MATERIALS) ( )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎASTM FOR "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻧﻮرد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي "ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ASTM A578 "Standard Specification for Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Plates for Special Applications" ( )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻋﻤﺮان آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎASCE ASCE (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CILVIL ENGINEERS) ASCE-7-05 ASTM A578 "ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي "ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ " Minimum Design Load for Building and Other Structures" ASCE-7-05 ()اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎAWS AWS (AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY) EJMA (EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, INC.) ( )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲEJMA ISO(INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION) ( )ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﺳﺎزيISO ISO 9001 -"ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ "اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت "Quality Management Systems – Requirements" ISO 9001 ( )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮانIPS IPS(IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) ""اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ رﻧﮓ IPS-E-TP-100 "Engineering Standard for Paint" IPS-E-TP-100 " "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎIPS-E-GN-100 IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for Units" 10 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) IPS-D-ME-010 "Drawing Standard for Vertical Vessel Support Skirt Opening Details" "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎتIPS-D-ME-010 "ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي IPS-D-ME-002 "Drawing Standard for Lifting Lug to Lift Vessels Up to 60 Tons" "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻮﺷﻚIPS-D-ME-002 ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻛﺮدن ﻇﺮوف " ﺗﻦ60 ﺗﺎ IPS-D-ME-003 "Drawing Standard for Lifting Lug to Lift Vessels Up to 200 Tons" "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻮﺷﻚIPS-D-ME-003 ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻛﺮدن ﻇﺮوف " ﺗﻦ200 ﺗﺎ IPS-D-EL-413 "Reference Drawing Grounding Installation Details Earthing Lug Category 400" "ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻧﺼﺐ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦIPS-D-EL-413 ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﮔﻮﺷﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ "400 ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ-3 3. UNITS This Standard is based on International System of Units (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100, except where otherwise is specified. ،(SI) ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ،اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ، ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪIPS-E-GN-100 ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد .در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد-4 4. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد اﺧﺘﻼف و ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ در اﺳﻨﺎد و ﻣﺪارك اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در،ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ :ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺪارك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد In the case of conflict between documents relating to the inquiry or order, the following priority of documents shall apply: - First Priority: Purchase order and variations thereto. . ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آن: اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ اول- - Second Priority: Data sheets and drawings. . داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ: اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم. اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد: اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم- - Third Priority: This Standard. ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﻫﺎ در اﺳﻨﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن.ارﺟﺎع داده ﺷﻮد . ﻣﺪارك ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪي را ﺻﺎدر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد،ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ All conflicting requirements shall be referred to the Purchaser in writing. The Purchaser will issue confirmation document if needed for clarification اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزي-5 5. DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS 5.1 General ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-5 5.1.1 The vendor shall submit a proposed schedule for the submission of drawings and data to the Purchaser for approval. The vendor shall furnish drawings in the quantity specified by the Purchaser. ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ1-1-5 ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه.ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ آن ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه . ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ،اﺳﺖ 11 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ 5.1.2 The fabricator shall provide a detailed drawing based on the submitted outline drawing of the pressure vessel, including the internals of the vessel. The following information shall be included on the detailed drawings and on other drawings and data sheet, as applicable: IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻘﺸﻪ2-1-5 ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ.ﻇﺮف ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ و داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل : ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد،اﺳﺖ 1) Order number, ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش؛1 2) Vessel component and tag number, ( اﺟﺰاي ﻇﺮف و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ؛2 3) Material specification, ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﻨﺲ؛3 4) Complete dimensions, thicknesses, and details of construction including pictorial and dimensional location of circumferential and longitudinal seams, all nozzles on plan (or orientation) and elevation views, and all internals, ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮي و اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ و ( ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي،ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ و ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ 5) Size and pressure rating of all nozzles on the vessel, ( اﻧﺪازه و ﻣﻴﺰان ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف؛5 6) Head and shell thicknesses, head type, flange type, and other details of construction materials, ﻧﻮع ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و، ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﮕﻲ،( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﺑﺪﻧﻪ6 ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ،( اﺑﻌﺎد ﻛﺎﻣﻞ4 ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ؛ 7) Total weight of vessel (empty), ( وزن ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف )ﺧﺎﻟﻲ(؛7 8) Total weight of vessel (full of water), ( وزن ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف )ﭘﺮ از آب(؛8 9) Heat treatment requirements, ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ؛9 10)Non-destructive testing requirements, ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب؛10 11) Design pressure and temperature and major structural loadings, ( ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاريﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزهاي11 ﻣﻬﻢ؛ 12) Joint efficiency, ( ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﻮش؛12 13) Hydrostatic test pressure, ( ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ؛13 14) Corrosion allowance, ( ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز؛14 15) Reference drawings. ( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ؛15 16) Design code ( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛16 5.1.3 Manufacturing shall not proceed without written approval of drawings by the Purchaser. ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺄﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ از ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺷﺮوع3-1-5 .ﺷﻮد 12 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 5.1.4 Approval of drawings does not constitute permission to deviate from any requirements in the order unless specifically agreed to in writing. ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﺠﻮزي ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺤﺮاف از ﻫﻴﭻ ﻳﻚ4-1-5 5.1.5 After the drawings have been approved, the vendor shall also furnish certified electronic files on Compact Disc (CD) in the quantity specified. ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه، ﭘﺲ از آﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ5-1-5 5.2 Final Reports, Data Sheets, and Manuals داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎ، ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ2-5 Installation, operations, and maintenance data for each pressure vessel shall be provided no later than the date of shipment. The data shall include the following: راهاﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ،دادهﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ داده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ.ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد :ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﻔﺎرش ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺻﺮاﺣﺘﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت .ﻣﻜﺘﻮب ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪارك اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه را روي .( ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪCD) ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﺸﺮده a) Manuals for instruments, valves, and gage cocks furnished by the vendor including special operating and maintenance information. ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﻧﺪازه،اﻟﻒ( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ b) Manufacturer’s data report, form U-1 of the ASME code. از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪU-1 ﻓﺮم، ب ( ﮔﺰارش داده ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه c) Manufacturer’s data report, form U-2 of the ASME code. از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪU-2 ﻓﺮم، ج ( ﮔﺰارش داده ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه d) Certified material records report containing the complete chemical analysis, physical properties, and location of each plate, forging, and all other material subject to pressure. Information covering alloy material shall be included in the report even though the material may not be subject to pressure. The location of the plates, forgings, and other material shall be indicated on the as-built drawings. د ( ﮔﺰارش ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺳﻮاﺑﻖ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺣﺎوي آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت .ﺧﺎص ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري .ASME .ASME ، ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺮ ورق،ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي و ﻫﻤﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ آﻟﻴﺎژي را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ.ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ.وﻟﻮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي،ورﻗﻬﺎ .ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد e) Photostatic copies of recording charts indicating temperature conditions during thermal stress relief, The complete temperature cycle of heating, soaking, and cooling shall be indicated. از ()اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻮري ﻓﺘﻮاﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ روﮔﺮﻓﺖﻫﺎي (ﻫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ در ، دوره دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎدﻫﻲ،ﻃﻲ ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ .ﺗﺎﺑﺶ و ﺧﻨﻚ ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ f) Hydrostatic test chart for each vessel. .و ( ﻧﻤﻮدار آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف g) Copy (Photo) of nameplate. .ز( روﮔﺮﻓﺖ )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ( از ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت h) Records of N.D.T inspection. .ح ( ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب i) A parts list shall be supplied for each item of equipment furnished and shall be complete with pattern, stock, or production drawings numbers that completely identify ط ( ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰء از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮدي اﻧﺒﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي،ﮔﺮدد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﮕﻮ 13 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) each part so that the Purchaser can determine part interchangeability with other equipment furnished by the same manufacturer. ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ . ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮدد،ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ j) The Vendor shall submit a supplementary proposal for spare parts other than the parts included in the Vendor’s original quotation. ي ( ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد اﺻﻠﻲ . اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ،ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه The supplementary proposal shall include recommended spare parts for startup and 1 year of operation including assembly type drawings, parts numbers, materials, prices, and delivery. Parts numbers shall identify each part for interchangeability purposes. The supplementary proposal shall be forwarded to the Purchaser after receipt of approved drawings and in time to permit ordering and delivery of parts with the vessel. ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ راهاﻧﺪازي و ،ﻳﻜﺴﺎل ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺷﻤﺎره. ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﻣﻮاد،ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از درﻳﺎﻓﺖ.ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و در زﻣﺎن اﺟﺎزه ﺳﻔﺎرش دﻫﻲ و .ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎده ﺷﻮد k) W.P.S. (Welding Specification) with supporting. ( )ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎريW.P.S. ( ك Procedure . ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪارك ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎن )ﺳﻨﺪ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪR.Q.R. .ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد P.Q.R. (Procedure Qualification Record) shall be submitted to the Purchaser. l) Final drawings. .ل ( ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ m) Final calculation. .م ( ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد-6 6. MATERIALS ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-6 6.1 General ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت، ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-1-6 6.1.1 In general, all materials shall be in conformity with the ASTM Standard specification. For equivalent material approval of the Purchaser is required. ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻌﺎدلASTM اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد .ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ 6.1.2 Proposals to use materials having a specified maximum tensile strength greater than 620 MPa (90,000 PSI) at room temperature shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval. ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد داراي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ2-1-6 6.1.3 Materials of construction for vessel components shall be selected so as to produce an economical design for the specified design service conditions. ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺟﺰاي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب3-1-6 ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل620 ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( در دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ90000) .ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ .ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﮔﺮدد . ﭼﺪن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد4-1-6 6.1.4 Cast iron shall not be acceptable. 14 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 1 اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ5-1-6 2 اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ و ﻓﻘﻂ در.ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ درﺟﻪ400 ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد از . درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ750) ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد 6.1.5 The use of carbon -½ moly materials is not generally permitted. Exceptions shall be subject to Purchaser’s approval and then only if the working temperature does not exceed 400°C (750°F). ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺠﺎز ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر2-6 6.2 Pressure Parts 6.2.1 Some materials for typical conditions in oil refinery services are listed in Appendix A of this Standard. ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي1-2-6 6.2.2 Carbon steel materials for pressure retaining parts for normal service are given in Appendix B. ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي2-2-6 6.2.3 Pressure retaining materials to be welded shall have the following chemical composition: ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ3-2-6 ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﻧﻔﺖ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )اﻟﻒ( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﺪه .اﺳﺖ .ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ب( داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ :ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ زﻳﺮ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Carbon content (C) : C 0.25% C %25 : (C) ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺮﺑﻦ Carbon equivalent (C eq.) : C eq. 0.45% (C eq.) : C eq. %45 ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدل :ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ Where: C eq. = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo+ V)/5+ (Ni + Cu)/15 در، ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن4-2-6 6.2.4 Pressure retaining parts for hydrogen service, where defined at a hydrogen partial pressure at 7 kg/cm2, shall be selected in accordance with Fig. 1 of API RP 941 “Operating Limitation for Steel in Hydrogen Service". ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ7 ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن 1 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ،ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ "ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺮايAPI RP 941 از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد .ﻓﻮﻻد در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ 6.2.5 Pressure retaining parts for H2S service, where defined in table 1 of NACE/ISO (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) standard MR0175/ISO 15156, shall be selected in accordance with the said standard. 5-2-6 از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد1 در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول، ﻫﻴﺪروژن )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ( ﺷﻤﺎرهNACE/ISO ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖMRO175/ISO15156 .اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر3-6 6.3 Non-Pressure Parts ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ1-3-6 6.3.1 Materials of non-pressure retaining parts to be directly welded to pressure retaining parts, having a design temperature of 343°C (650°F) or more, shall be of the same materials as the pressure retaining parts. داراي دﻣﺎي،ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ650) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد343 ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ .ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 15 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ، ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ2-3-6 6.3.2 Steel plate for base rings, reinforcement for skirt openings, saddles, external lugs for platforms, ladders, insulation supports and pipe supports shall be A 283 Gr.C or better. Angles and rods shall be A 36. ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي، ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ،ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ، ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ،ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺸﻴﻬﺎ و ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ. ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪA283 Gr.C ﺑﺎﻳﺪ . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪA36 6.3.3 Name plates shall be type 316 stainless steel. 316 ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع3-3-6 6.3.4 Internal support rings and lugs welded to the shell or head made of killed steel shall be made of the same material. ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ و ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮش4-3-6 .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ For other than killed steel vessels, the following materials may be used except in case of Paragraph 6.3.1. ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻد آرام ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از .ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮاد زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻮرد، ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﻓﻮﻻد آرام . ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد1-3-6 ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف a) Plates : ASTM A 283 Gr.C or equivalent. . ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آنC ردهASTM A283 :اﻟﻒ( ورق . ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آنASTM A106 ﻳﺎA53 :ب ( ﻟﻮﻟﻪ b) Pipe : ASTM A 106 or A 53 or equivalent. اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ4-6 6.4 Expansion Joints ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎ . )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪEJMA The design and fabrication for expansion joints installed on vessel shell or other portions, shall be in accordance with EJMA (Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association) standard and specific requirements. ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري5-6 6.5 Bolting : ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد1-5-6 6.5.1 Bolting shall be selected per the following Table: TABLE 1 1 ﺟﺪول ﺷﻤﺎره DESIGN METAL TEMPERATURE BOLTS دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ NUTS ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ GRADE رده ASTM STD. ASTM اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد رده ASTM STD. ASTM اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد B7 B16 B8M (4) B8 (4) L7 (5) A 193 A 193 A 193 A 320(3) A 320 2 (1) 2H (1) 8M 8 4(1) (2) (5) A 194 A 194 A 194 A 194 A 194 °C GRADE درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد -29 to 427 >427 to 593 538 to 815 -255 to -102 -101 to -29 :ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ Notes: 1 ( ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از1 2 .ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد آﻣﺎده ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد 1 ( ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از اﻳﻨﭻ و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد آﻣﺎده2 2 .ﺳﺮد ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 1) Nuts larger than 1/2 in (12 mm) shall not be machined from barstock. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از12) اﻳﻨﭻ 2) Nuts ½ in. and smaller shall not be machined from cold finished barstock. 16 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ASTM و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎيB8 ردهASTM A193 ( ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي3 3) ASTM A 193 Grade B8 bolts with ASTM A 194 Grade 8 nuts may be used as an alternative. . ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد8 ردهA194 . ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪB8 وB8M ( ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي4 4) B8M and B8 bolts shall be strain hardened. 5) The test temperature for impact testing of all L7 bolts and grade 4 nuts per ASTM A 320, shall be -101°C (-150°F) ( دﻣﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي5 6.5.2 Stud bolts shall be threaded full length with continuous threads. ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي دوﺳﺮ رزوه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ رزوه ﻛﺎﻣﻞ2-5-6 6.5.3 Bolt length specified is the effective thread length. Rounded or chamfered end points shall not be included when measuring length of bolts. . ﻃﻮل رزوه ﻣﻮﺛﺮ اﺳﺖ، ﻃﻮل ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه3-5-6 ﺑﺎﻳﺪASTM A320 ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس4 و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ردهL7 . درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ-150) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد-101 .رزوه ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮ ﮔﺮد ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي .ﻃﻮل ﭘﻴﭻ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد 7. DESIGN ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-7 7.1 General ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-7 7.1.1 Pressure vessels shall be designed in accordance with the ASME Code for unfired pressure vessels, Section VIII, Division 1. ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،1 ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ1-1-7 7.1.2 Pressure vessels shall be designed to ensure safe operation in the specified internal and external environments. ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد2-1-7 7.1.3 Vertical and horizontal vessels including their supports shall be capable of supporting a full load of water in the installed position. ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ و ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ3-1-7 7.1.4 Any part for which detail design and drawing(s) is not prepared, shall be designed by the Vendor. The design shall be approved by the Purchaser. ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ)ﻫﺎي( ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ4-1-7 ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎرASME از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ، VIII . ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد،آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ اﻳﻤﻦ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه .ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آب در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه را .داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮد،ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد داده ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ2-7 7.2 Design Data ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ1-2-7 7.2.1 Design pressure 7.2.1.1 The design pressure of vessel shall be at least equal to the maximum operating pressure plus 10 percent or plus 350 kPa, whichever is greater. ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ1-1-2-7 7.2.1.2 Vessels subject to external pressure shall be designed for full vacuum. ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ2-1-2-7 7.2.1.3 The design pressure and maximum allowable working pressure of a vessel shall not be limited by minor components such as flanges, nozzles, manholes, or reinforcing pads. ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز ﻳﻚ3-1-2-7 350 درﺻﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ10 ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻼء ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ آدم روﻫﺎ، ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ،ﻇﺮف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺰاء ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ .ﻳﺎ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد 17 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ2-2-7 7.2.2 Design temperature 7.2.2.1 The design temperature shall be at least 15°C above the maximum working temperature. For cold service, the design temperature shall be 6°C below the minimum operating temperature unless otherwise specified. درﺟﻪ15 دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ1-2-2-7 7.2.2.2 Vessels which will operate at temperature above 400°C shall be designed for a temperature equal to the maximum anticipated operating temperature. درﺟﻪ400 ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﺶ از2-2-2-7 7.2.2.3 Dual temperatures shall be listed on the nameplate. The two temperatures shall be the cold design temperature and the maximum hot design temperature allowed by the ASME Code for the as-built vessel. دﻣﺎﻫﺎي دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت3-2-2-7 7.2.2.4 If variant temperatures can be definitely predicted for zones of a vessel in operation, the variant temperatures may be taken into account in the design of the applicable zones. اﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﺮاي4-2-2-7 ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد.ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از6 دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ،ﺳﺮد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي . ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ .دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎري ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﺮد و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ، دو دﻣﺎ.ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺷﻮد دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮم اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ . ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪASTM ،ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف درﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﻪ .ﺣﺴﺎب آورده ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ3-2-7 7.2.3 Design loadings 7.2.3.1 Loading shall be in accordance ASME Section VIII, Div. 1. Wind earthquake loads shall be in accordance ASCE-7-05 “Minimum Design Load Building and Other Structures ". ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،1 ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ1-3-2-7 with and with for ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎد و زﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ. ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME ، VIII "ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮASCE-7-05 .ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 7.2.3.2 The wind or earthquake load, whichever is the greater, shall be considered in design. ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ2-3-2-7 7.2.3.3 All vessels shall be designed to be selfsupporting without benefit of guys or braces. ﻫﻤﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮداﻳﺴﺘﺎ ﺑﺪون3-3-2-7 7.2.3.4 During erection, start-up, or operation, all applicable loads shall be considered as acting simultaneously, including either wind or earthquake, whichever governs. ﻫﻤﻪ، ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد، راه اﻧﺪازي، در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ4-3-2-7 7.2.3.5 During hydrostatic testing, wind load (wind pressure) equivalent to a 16 m/s wind speed shall be considered acting simultaneously with the hydrostatic test load. ( ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد )ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎد، در ﻃﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ5-3-2-7 ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت16 ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد اﺛﺮﮔﺬاري ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ .ﺷﻮد ، ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻇﺮوف؛ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺎد6-3-2-7 .در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد . ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ﻛﻤﻚ ﮔﻴﺮي از ﻣﻬﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎدﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﺛﺮﮔﺬاري ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن در ﻧﻈﺮ، ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ، ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ .ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ 7.2.3.6 Lateral deflection due to wind, of vessels under normal operating conditions, shall not exceed 150 mm per 30 meters of height. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ150 ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از،ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻌﻤﻮل . ﻣﺘﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد30 18 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 7.2.3.7 Vibration and critical wind velocity shall be considered in the design of tall, slender columns with a length to diameter ratio exceeding 8 to 1. ﻟﺮزش و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ7-3-2-7 7.2.3.8 Vessel supports shall be capable of withstanding the wind load when vessel is empty and the test conditions when the vessel is full of water. (e.g. wind velocity 16 m/s). ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﻮداﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ در8-3-2-7 ﺑﻪ8 ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻃﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از . در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد1 ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎد در ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮف ﭘﺮ از آب اﺳﺖ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد .( ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ16 ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز4-2-7 7.2.4 Allowable stresses ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي، ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر1-4-2-7 7.2.4.1 For non-pressure parts the permissible design stresses shall be the least of the following values at design metal temperature: ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ :ﺑﺎﺷﺪ a) One third of minimum ultimate tensile strength. .اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ b) Two thirds of minimum yield strength. .ب ( دو ﺳﻮم ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ c) That stress producing a creep rate of 1% in 10,000 hours. درﺻﺪ در1 ج ( ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺧﺰش . ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد10000 7.2.4.2 The stresses determined from the ASME code shall also apply to the supporting skirt of the vessel. ASME ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ2-4-2-7 7.2.4.3 For anchor bolting, the following limits shall be used for design at the thread root diameter: ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ، ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺎري3-4-2-7 .ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد :ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻗﻄﺮ رﻳﺸﻪ رزوه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود Tension 96 MPa ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل96 ﻛﺸﺶ Shear 96.5 MPa ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل96/5 ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز5-2-7 7.2.5 Corrosion allowance 7.2.5.1 The specified corrosion allowance shall be added to the calculated thickness of all pressure-containing parts including the shell, heads, nozzles, manways, and manway covers. ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ1-5-2-7 7.2.5.2 The minimum corrosion allowance for carbon steel shall be 1.6 mm for sweet service and 3.2 mm for sour service unless otherwise specified. ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ2-5-2-7 ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺷﺎﻣﻞ آدم روﻫﺎ و درﭘﻮش آدم روﻫﺎ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ، ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ، ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ .ﺷﻮد 3/2 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺗﺮش1/6 ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ .ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف3-5-2-7 7.2.5.3 The specified corrosion allowance for compartmented vessels shall be added to the calculated thickness of each side of the internal head or partition. ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف از .ﻛﻠﮕﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺪاﮔﺮ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد 19 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 7.2.5.4 Corrosion-resistant linings shall be provided for vessels in highly corrosive service. The thickness of liners, cladding, or weld overlays shall not be included in calculating the minimum thickness of pressurecontaining parts. ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي4-5-2-7 7.2.5.5 Unless otherwise specified, vessel corrosion allowance shall be provided to all exposed surfaces of nonremovable internal parts and half this amount to surface of removable parts (except demister-wire, column packing, etc.) ، ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ5-5-2-7 ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ.ﻇﺮوف در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺗﺪارك ﺷﻮد روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ،ﭘﻮﺷﺶ . ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب آﻳﺪ،ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي داراي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﻄﻌﺎت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ و ﻧﺼﻒ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﺮاي ،ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮهﮔﻴﺮ .ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺳﺘﻮن و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ آﻟﻴﺎژي6-2-7 7.2.6 Alloy protective lining ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻮرد1-6-2-7 7.2.6.1 Integral clad plate bonded by rolling or explosion method shall be homogeneously made to have a material quality and a thickness as specified. The clad plate to be used for pressure vessel shall meet one of the following standard specifications or equivalent. ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ روش اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ داراي ورق روﻛﺶ.ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺟﻨﺲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ :ﺑﺎﺷﺪ a) ASTM A 263 "CorrosionResisting Chromium Steel Clad Plate, Sheet, and Strip" ورﻗﻪ و ﻧﻮار روﻛﺶ، "ورقASTM A263 (اﻟﻒ "Stainless b) ASTM A 264 Chromium-Nickel Steel Clad Plate, Sheet, and Strip" ورﻗﻪ و ﻧﻮار روﻛﺶ، "ورقASTM A264 ( ب c) ASTM A 265 "Nickel-Base Alloy Clad Steel Plate" " روﻛﺶ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ، "ورقASTM A265 ( ج d) ASTM B 432 "Copper and Copper Alloy Clad Steel Plate" ﻓﻮﻻدي روﻛﺶ ﻣﺴﻲ و، "ورقASTM B 432 ( د "ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم دار ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ "ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم – ﻧﻴﻜﻞ دار زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن " آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﺲ 7.2.6.2 Weld metal overlay cladding shall be mainly used for "Hydrogen Service": Vessels operating at elevated temperature and high pressure at a hydrogen partial pressure of 7 kg/cm2 and over. روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر2-6-2-7 7.2.6.3 When the "Hydrogen Service" vessel is to be operated at a special condition such as in "Hydrocracking Process" and "HydroDesulferization Process", the weld metal overlay cladding shall be strictly adopted for all inside surface of the vessel. وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮف "ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن" در3-6-2-7 7.2.6.4 Strip lining shall be lap welded per Fig. 1, or butt welded per Fig. 2. Fabrication drawings and the welding procedure specification shall describe the system to be 1 ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻧﻮاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ4-6-2-7 ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ در:"ﻋﻤﺪه ﺑﺮاي "ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ7 دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن .ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺎص ﻧﻈﻴﺮ "ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ "ﻫﻴﺪروژن" و "ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮدزداﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ً روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎ،ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﺟﻮش2 روي ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد و ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ.ﺷﻮد 20 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 used; and the welding procedure shall be qualified for the specific method. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده را ﺷﺮح دﻫﺪ؛ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي روش ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه، ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮد. ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رويﻫﻢاﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ 1اﻳﻨﭻ ) 12ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( 2 ﻳﺎدآوري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ: ﺟﻮش A ﺟﻮش B ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي" "Aو ""B ﺟﻮﺷــﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻣــﻞ ﮔﻮﺷــﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘـﺎس ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ-اﻟﻒ )Fig. 1- LAP WELDED STRIP LINING (DETAIL ﺷﻜﻞ -1ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار روي ﻫﻢ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه )ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت( 21 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ 1اﻳﻨﭻ ) 12ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( 4 ﺟﻮش ""D ﻳﺎدآوري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ: ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي" "Cو ""D ﺟﻮﺷــﻬﺎي ﻛﺎﻣــﻞ ﮔﻮﺷــﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘـﺎس ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺟﻮش ""C ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ-اﻟﻒ )Fig. 2-BUTT WELDED STRIP LINING (DETAIL ﺷﻜﻞ -2ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه )ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت( 5-6-2-7ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻧﻮاري ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮارد 7.2.6.5 Strip or sleeve lining shall not be used for the following: زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود: اﻟﻒ( ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮوف در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن. a) Shells and heads of vessels in hydrogen service. ب ( ﻇﺮوف ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ .PWHT b) Vessels subject to PWHT. ج ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از 440درﺟﻪ c) Vessels with design temperature greater than 440°C. ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد. 6-6-2-7اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻲ ،ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي 7.2.6.6 Dimensions of individual strips, excluding single piece sleeves, shall be limited by the following: ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد: اﻟﻒ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از 3ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. a) Thickness shall not be less than 3 mm ب ( ﻋﺮضﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول 2ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ دﻣﺎي b) Widths shall be limited by design temperature and materials as per Table 2. ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد. 22 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) TABLE 2 2 ﺟﺪول DESIGN TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM WIDTH MATERIALS °C mm ﻣﻮاد دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺮض ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ALL < 315 150 ﻫﻤﻪ ≥ 315 STAINLESS STEEL INCOLOY 100 ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﻳﻨﻜﻠﻮي ≥ 315 405, 410 S, INCONEL, HASTELLOY 150 410, 405 ، اﻳﻨﻜﻮﻧﻞ،ﻫﺎﺳﺖ اﻟﻮي ، ﺟﻨﺲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ7-6-2-7 7.2.6.7 Material used for weld overlay, integral cladding, sleeve liners or strip lining of connections shall be the same material and thickness as required for the lining or cladding to the vessel or head to which they are attached. ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ده ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ،روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﻮاري اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ 7.2.6.8 The minimum thickness of cladding shall be 2 mm and the minimum thickness of weld metal overlays shall be 2.5 mm. 2 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ 7.2.6.9 The thickness of cladding or weld overlays shall not be included in calculating the required shell thickness. ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ9-6-2-7 7.2.6.10 Connections of DN 50 (2 in.) and smaller shall be either of the following: ( اﻳﻨﭻ2) ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ50 اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ10-6-2-7 8-6-2-7 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﻧﺪودﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ2/5 ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ .ﺷﻮد :و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺻﻮرﺗﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ a) Weld overlayed, integrally clad by the explosive bonding method, or sleeve lined on the I.D. روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ روش،اﻟﻒ( روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ b) Solid alloy provided the following conditions are met: ب ( آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ 1) Vessel design temperature is below 440°C. درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد440 ( دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف زﻳﺮ1 2) Tests are performed to demonstrate the alloy’s weld-ability. ( آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري2 اﻧﻔﺠﺎري وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه در داﺧﻞ .ﻟﻮﻟﻪ :را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .آﻟﻴﺎژ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ50 اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ11-6-2-7 7.2.6.11 Connections over DN 50 (2 in.) up to and including DN 300 (12 in.) shall be lined by any of the following methods: ( اﻳﻨﭻ12) ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ300 اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ2) :ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ده، روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ،روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ .ﻏﻼﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻧﻮاري Weld overlay, integral cladding, sleeve liner, or strip lining. 23 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ12-6-2-7 7.2.6.12 Lining for connections larger than DN 300 (12 in.) shall be selected on the basis of vessel design as follow: اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ12) 300 .اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد a) For strip lined vessels: Strip lined, weld overlayed or cladded connections اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ:اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﻧﻮاري b) For overlayed or cladded vessels: overlayed or cladded connections اﺗﺼﺎﻻت:ب ( ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه . اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه،داده ﻧﻮاري .اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه 7.2.6.13 The flange facings and neck connection weld of shell to nozzles and manholes shall be lined with weld metal overlay cladding as shown in Fig. 3. (Flange face serration shall be devised). ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل13-6-2-7 7.2.6.14 Welding of internal support lugs and rings to be directly attached to the shell or head of special hydrogen service vessel shall be performed with full penetration prior to postweld heat treatment, and the final weld overlayer around the support lugs and rings shall be applied after postweld heat treatment, as shown in Fig. 4. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه14-6-2-7 ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ از ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و آدم روﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن داده3 اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد )ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ .(ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﻳﮋه ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد و اﻧﺪودﮔﺮ ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ . ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد4 ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ 24 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ رﺳﻮب ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ آدم رو و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ 1اﻳﻨﭻ NPT 6 1اﻳﻨﭻ NPT 6 اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺳﻮراخﻫﻮا ﺳﻮراخﻫﻮا ﻏﻼف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻏﻼف ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رﺳﻮب ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ رﺳﻮب ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺎزل Fig. 3-TYPICAL DETAIL OF LINED NOZZLES AND MANHOLES ﺷﻜﻞ -3ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و آدم روﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه 25 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) اوﻟﻴﻦ اﻧﺪودﮔﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري رﺳﻮب ﺟﻮش PWHT ﭘﺲ از اﻧﺪودﮔﺮ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ PWHT ﻗﺒﻞ از Fig. 4-LINED DETAILS OF INTERNAL SUPPORT ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه داﺧﻠﻲ-4 ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ7-2-7 7.2.7 Shell and heads ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺷﺎﻣﻞ1-7-2-7 7.2.7.1 The minimum shell thickness for vessels including corrosion allowance shall be as follows: :ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Shell Diameter Shell Thickness ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ Up to 1525 mm 6 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ1525 ﺗﺎ 1525 to 2125 mm 8 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2125 ﺗﺎ1525 2125 to 3625 mm 10 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ3625 ﺗﺎ2125 3625 mm and larger 11 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ3625 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻮق ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ دﻣﺎ .و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ The above minimum thicknesses are for the general stability of pressure and temperature requirements. 26 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﺮهاي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻀﻮي ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد2-7-2-7 7.2.7.2 ASME ellipsoidal or hemispherical heads with 2 to 1 ratio shall be provided for design pressures exceeding 700 kPa(ga). ASME flanged and torispherical heads are not acceptable. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از1 ﺑﻪ2 ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖASME ﻛﻠﮕﻴﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ )ﻃﺒﻖ. ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل )ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد700 .( و ﻗﻄﺎع ﻛﺮوي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪASME 7.2.7.3 Conical transitions shall have a 6% knuckle radius when the design pressure exceeds 1700 kPa (ga) or design temperature exceeds 230°C. ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر3-7-2-7 7.2.7.4 Shell stiffening rings on vessels in vacuum service shall be installed externally and designed according to ASME Section VIII, Division 1, Paragraphs UG-28, UG-29 and UG-30. ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ روي ﻇﺮف در4-7-2-7 ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل )ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ از1700 ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ از ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻌﺎع، درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﮔﺮدد230 . درﺻﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ6 ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ 1 ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺧﻼء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺧﺎرج ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ UG -30 وUG-29 ، UG-28 ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف،VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ . ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮددASME اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد and آدم روﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت، ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ، ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ8-2-7 7.2.8.1 The minimum size of nozzles shall be DN 25 (1 in.) except that for alloy lined nozzles the minimum size shall be DN 40 (1½ in.). For vessels in hydrogen service all connections shall be flanged. ( اﻳﻨﭻ1) 25 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ1-8-2-7 7.2.8.2 Nozzles in portions of vessels with gunite linings shall have internal projections such that the nozzle end is flush with the lining. ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﻼط2-8-2-7 7.2.8 Nozzles, connections flanges, manholes ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ 1 ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف در. اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ1 ) 40 اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ 2 .ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻫﻤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻧﺎزل، ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ . داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ،ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدد 7.2.8.3 Nozzles shall be attached to the vessel by complete penetration welds. Partial penetration welding is acceptable for attachment of reinforcing pad plates. ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ3-8-2-7 7.2.8.4 Necks of nozzles and manholes shall be made of seamless pipe except for necks of DN 350 or more which can be made of plate materials. Where plate materials are used for nozzle and manhole necks, the method specified in ASTM A 672 shall be used. ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و آدم روﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺪون4-8-2-7 7.2.8.5 Rolled plate nozzle necks and reinforcing pads shall be the same material as specified for the vessel shell and head to which they are attached. ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل ﻧﻮرد ﺷﺪه و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ5-8-2-7 7.2.8.6 All bolt holes in flanges on manways, hand holes and nozzles shall straddle the normal vessel center lines. ، ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ در ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي آدم روﻫﺎ6-8-2-7 ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻔﻮذي ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ورﻗﻬﺎي.وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ درز ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ورق350 اﺳﻤﻲ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ورق ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮدن ﻧﺎزل و آدم رو.ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ASTM A672 روش ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در،اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ .ﻇﺮف و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ دﺳﺖ روﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻇﺮف .ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 27 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 7.2.8.7 The thickness of nozzle neck shall not limit the maximum allowable working pressure. ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر7-8-2-7 7.2.8.8 Nozzle necks DN 25 shall be constructed of schedule 160 pipe, as a minimum. Nozzle necks DN 40 to DN 200 pipe size shall be a minimum of schedule 80 seamless pipe. Larger nozzle necks shall be a minimum 12.7 mm. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ25 ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ8-8-2-7 7.2.8.9 For cladded vessels, nozzles shall be cladded or lined in accordance with paragraph 7.2.6. ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ، ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه9-8-2-7 7.2.8.10 Nozzles in vessels shall project a minimum of 150 mm from outside of shell or head on uninsulated vessels. 150 ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي10-8-2-7 .ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز را ﻣﺤﺪود ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي. ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد160 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رده ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ200 ﺗﺎ40 ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي. ﺑﺎﺷﺪ80 ﺑﺪون درز رده . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ12/7 ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ . روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ6-2-7 ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ در ﻇﺮوف .ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از150 در ﻇﺮوف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻴﺮون .زدﮔﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ On insulated vessels the nozzles should project a minimum of 150 mm from outside of shell or head plus thickness of insulation. 7.2.8.11 Flanges shall conform to ASME B 16.5, "Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings". "ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎيASME B16.5 ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ11-8-2-7 7.2.8.12 Flanges larger than DN 600 shall be per ASME B 16.47. 600 ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ 7.2.8.13 Non-Standard flanges shall be calculated per ASME Code section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 2 according to the design conditions of the vessels, and external loads imposed by piping reaction. 1 ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ13-8-2-7 7.2.8.14 Welding neck flanges shall be used where the pressure-temperature design conditions require an ASME class 300 or greater flange. ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ14-8-2-7 7.2.8.15 Slip-on flanges may be used for ASME class 150 where the design temperature is under 260°C. 150 ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻼس15-8-2-7 7.2.8.16 ASME class 600 flanges and below shall be of the raised-face type with a serrated spiral finish. Flanges ASME class 900 and above shall be ring-type joint. Ring-type joint facing shall be of the flat bottom groove type. وASME از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد600 ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻼس16-8-2-7 .ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ" ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 12-8-2-7 . ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME B16.47 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎASME اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد2 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ، VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ از .ﻋﻜﺲاﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از300 ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ– ﻓﺸﺎري ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼس . اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد، ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ داردASME اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ازASME از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد . درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد260 .ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ازASME از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد900 ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻛﻼس ﺳﻄﺢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع.ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺷﻴﺎر ﺗﻪ ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و900 ﻫﻤﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ17-8-2-7 7.2.8.17 All vessels of 900 mm inside diameter or greater shall be provided with at least one 450 mm inside diameter manhole opening. ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ 28 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) Manholes providing access for removal of equipment shall not be less than 600 mm in diameter. Davits or hinges shall be provided for handling manhole covers. آدم روﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ450 ﺧﺎرج ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﺮي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻻ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ600 از .ﻛﺮدن درﭘﻮش آدمروﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد 7.2.8.18 Manways and nozzles shall not be located in longitudinal weld seam and insofar as it is practical, they shall avoid girth seams. آدم روﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮش18-8-2-7 7.2.8.19 Handholes shall be a minimum of DN 150 nominal size and shall be preferably of the studded pad type and shall be provided with a bolted cover. 150 دﺳﺖ روﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ19-8-2-7 7.2.8.20 A vent of DN 150 minimum diameter must be provided at or near the top of the vessel on all vessels with manways. The vent may be another manway or flanged process nozzle which can be disconnected at the vessel. On horizontal vessels, the vent and manway shall be on opposite ends of the vessel. 150 ﻳﻚ ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ20-8-2-7 7.2.8.21 Drain connections shall be flush with the bottom of the vessel. These and internal siphon drains shall, as a minimum, be schedule 160 pipe. اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﻛﻒ ﻇﺮف21-8-2-7 7.2.8.22 Threaded connections, if specified, shall be 6000 class ASTM A 105 forged steel couplings. ، اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، اﺗﺼﺎﻻت رزوهاي22-8-2-7 6000 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻛﻼس . ﺑﺎﺷﺪASTM A105 اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد 7.2.8.23 All nozzles over DN 40 mm shall be flanged connections of DN 40. Smaller nozzles on vessels may be provided with forged steel couplings. Couplings shall be ASTM A 105, 42000 kPa (6000 psi). Such connections shall be limited to vessels with a design pressure of less than 4200 kPa (600 psig) and/or a design temperature not exceeding 343°C. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ40 ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ23-8-2-7 از،ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ .ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي روي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻲ رزوه ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺠﻬﺰ .ﺑﻪ درﭘﻮش ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ آن در ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ آدم.ﻇﺮوف داراي آدم رو ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد روي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎزل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از آدم رو و ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ، در ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ.ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﺘﺮﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ.ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ160 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رده ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي، ﺑﺎﺷﺪ40 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ روي ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻫﻨﮕﺮي 42000 ، ASTM A105 ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ.ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ. ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ6000) ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل4200 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از درﺟﻪ343 ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ از600) . ﻣﺤﺪود ﮔﺮدد،ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮوف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺷﺪه و در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻪ .ﻛﺎر رود Couplings shall not be provided in lined portions of alloy-lined vessels and in bottom heads of vertical vessels. 7.2.9 Internals اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ9-2-7 ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ1-9-2-7 7.2.9.1 The vessel fabricator shall furnish and install all internal attachments such as clips, lugs, and brackets. . ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺸﻲﻫﺎي2-9-2-7 7.2.9.2 Internal shell attachments such as deck 29 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) support angles, lugs, clips, and seats shall be designed to be welded to the vessel shell or head by continuous fillet welds. ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ، ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎ،ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻪ .ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ 7.2.9.3 Removable piping and fitting internals shall be flanged for ease of removal. ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ3-9-2-7 7.2.9.4 All detachable internal parts shall have free access through manholes, or be divided into parts to enable them to pass through manholes. ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ4-9-2-7 7.2.9.5 All internal flange bolting shall be securely tightened, and the bolt heads and nuts shall be tack welded to prevent loosening. ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ5-9-2-7 .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﺳﺎن ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ آدمروﻫﺎ داراي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ آزاد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ .ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان آﻧﻬﺎ را از آدمرو ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻤﻮد ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ،ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد .ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪن ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ6-9-2-7 7.2.9.6 Vortex breakers shall be provided on liquid bottom outlet nozzles from vessels as follows: :ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت از ﺗﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد .اﻟﻒ( اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ a) Pump suction connection. ب ( ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺎوي ﺳﻴﺎل دوﻓﺎزي b) Vessels where two phases may be present. .ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ7-9-2-7 7.2.9.7 Impingement plates attached to shell or baffles shall be provided where severe erosion may occur, such as opposite inlet connections. These and all internal supports shall be attached with full fillet welds. ﺟﻬﺖدﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ . ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودي ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد،ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ رخ دﻫﺪ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﻪ .ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮري8-9-2-7 7.2.9.8 For designing wire mesh blanket supports, flow direction, pressure drop, weights of wire mesh proper and load of maintenance period shall be considered. The minimum numbers of support beam for wire mesh blanket shall be as follows: وزن ﺗﻮري ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و، اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر، ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن،ﻓﻠﺰي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد.ﺑﺎر دوره ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺗﻮري ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح .زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ a) Vessel inside diameter 1,200 - 2,500 mm : One support beam. : ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2500 ﺗﺎ1200 اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ b) Vessel inside diameter over 2,500 mm : Two or more support beams. دو: ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2500 ب ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از .ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه .ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ10-2-7 7.2.10 Supports & external attachments ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه روي1-10-2-7 7.2.10.1 Horizontal pressure vessels supported on concrete or steel saddles shall be provided with corrosion plates between the saddle and the pressure vessel. ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ .ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ و ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و6 ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 6 ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﻮاي Corrosion plates shall be 6 mm thick and shall be continuously welded to shell of vessel. Corrosion plates shall have minimum of one 6 30 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ mm tell tale hole. IPS-G-ME-150(1) .ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 7.2.10.2 Vertical vessels shall be provided with skirts of the same outside diameter as the vessel shell. Skirts shall be 6 mm minimum thick, and shall be designed to withstand the combined stresses of dead load, live load, wind or earthquake load, whichever is the greater, and reactions of piping more than DN 300. ﻇﺮوف ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ2-10-2-7 7.2.10.3 Vessel skirts shall have a manhole of DN 500 if piping is located inside the skirt. اﮔﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ درون ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ3-10-2-7 Openings for piping connections to the bottom of the vessel shall be provided in the skirt as required. In addition, two DN 100 vent holes 180° apart shall be provided in the upper part of the skirt. Reference is made to standard IPS-D-ME-010. ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو ﺳﻮراخ، ﺑﻌﻼوه.ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز روي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد درﺟﻪ180 ﺑﺎ، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ100 ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ.اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد . ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪIPS-D-ME-010 اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد 7.2.10.4 Skirt shall be provided with 12 mm thickness minimum base ring which shall include anchor bolt chairs. ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ4-10-2-7 Anchor bolts for skirts and saddles shall be a minimum of M20 and bolt holes shall be 22 mm. diameter minimum. و20 ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ و زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ22 ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ 7.2.10.5 Skirts shall be of sufficient length so that the bottom of vessel head shall be minimum 450 mm from top of base ring. ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ5-10-2-7 7.2.10.6 Insulation support shall be furnished welded to vessel in shop and shall be spaced on 3.5 m. maximum centers for both blanket and block insulation. ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه6-10-2-7 6 ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ.ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎر، ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه،ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺎر ﻣﺮده و ﻋﻜﺲاﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ، ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻮد،ﺑﺎد ﻳﺎ زﻟﺰﻟﻪ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ300 ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ آدمرو ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ،ﺑﺎﺷﺪ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ500 اﺳﻤﻲ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺮك ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد12 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ450 ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ .از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﺷﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي . ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ3/5 ﻫﺮدو ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﭘﺘﻮﻳﻲ و ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻲ 7.2.10.7 Insulation support shall be skip welded to vessel shell and skirt, and shall be same width as insulation. ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ7-10-2-7 7.2.10.8 Vessels shall be provided with adequate lifting lugs or ears to facilitate handling. Where thin wall vessels are involved, load distribution and reinforcing pads shall be used with the lugs. ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﻮاره ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ8-10-2-7 داﻣﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ )ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺑﺮﻳﺪه( ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي .ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ، در ﻣﻮرد ﻇﺮوف ﻧﺎزك.ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺎر و ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد 31 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 4 ﻛﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي ﺑﺎرﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ9-10-2-7 7.2.10.9 Lifting lugs shall be designed with a safety factor of 4 based on the static weight of vessel, including internals. ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس وزن اﻳﺴﺘﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ آن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ .ﺷﻮد ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎ در ﻇﺮوف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻼب ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ را ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ.ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﻚ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻪ زﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد وIPS-D-ME-002 ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﻤﺎره . ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪIPS-D-ME-003 Lugs on insulated vessels shall be long enough to allow sling hook-up after the insulation is installed. Lug holes if possible shall be drilled. Reference is made to standard drawings No. IPS-D-ME-002, IPS-D-ME-003. 2 اﮔﺮ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻛﺎري ﻇﺮف در ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺶ از10-10-2-7 7.2.10.10 If the vessel operating points are located higher than 2 meters above the deck, vessels shall be provided with ladders and platforms to facilitate access to the following equipment. The maximum lateral reach to the equipment shall not exceed 45 cm. ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ و،ﻣﺘﺮ از ﻋﺮﺷﻪ واﻗﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 45 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از :ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ اﻟﻒ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻲ a) Safety and control valves ب ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ b) Controllers ج ( ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه c) Shutoff valves د ( درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ و آدم روﻫﺎ d) Access openings and manways ﻫـ( ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎي دﻣﺎ e) Thermowells و ( ﻧﻘﺎط ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻴﺮي f) Sample points 7.2.10.11 Support clips for ladders, platforms, and stairs shall be shop-welded to the vessel. If the vessel is to be stress relieved, the supports clips shall be welded prior to stress relieving. ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ و، ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ11-10-2-7 7.2.10.12 Support clips on insulated vessels shall be long enough to allow for bolting beyond the insulation limits. ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه در ﻇﺮوف ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه12-10-2-7 اﮔﺮ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻨﺶ.ﭘﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ،زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮد .ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﺑﻴﺮون از .ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻋﺎﻳﻖ را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه11-2-7 7.2.11 Gaskets & bolting 7.2.11.1 Vendor shall propose suitable gasket's material in accordance with equipment's service conditions. ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ واﺷﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﻃﺒﻖ1-11-2-7 7.2.11.2 Graphite with perforated or with flat stainless steel insertion are frequently used as an alternative for asbestos fibers. ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺗﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ2-11-2-7 7.2.11.3 Spiral wound gaskets for raised-face flanges shall be as per ASME B16.20 ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي3-11-2-7 .ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ آزﺑﺴﺖ )ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي .ﻧﺴﻮز( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد . ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME B16.20 ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ 32 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 7.2.11.4 Due to the health hazards concerned with the asbestos materials, all gaskets shall be asbestos free. ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻲ از ﺧﻄﺮات ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﻮاد4-11-2-7 7.2.11.5 Bolting for vessel internals constructed of carbon steel shall be ASTM A193, Grade B6 bolts and ASTM A194, Grade 6 nuts, as a minimum. Bolting for vessel internals constructed of higher alloy material shall match the material that is being joined ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ از ﻓﻮﻻد5-11-2-7 7.2.11.6. External bolting shall be continuousthread alloy steel bolt studs in accordance with ASTM A193, Grade B7 for design temperatures less than 454°C (850°F) or ASTM A193, Grade B16, for design temperatures between 454°C (850°F) and 593°C (1100°F) and semi-finished hex nuts in accordance with ASTM A194, Gr. 2H. ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ دوﺳﺮ رزوه6-11-2-7 7.2.11.7 Threads of bolts and nuts shall be of the course thread series in accordance with ASME B1.1, Class 1A and 1B, respectively. رزوه ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺮﻳﻬﺎي رزوه7-11-2-7 . ﻫﻤﻪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آزﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ، آزﺑﺴﺖ ASTM A193 ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮه. ﺑﺎﺷﺪ6 ردهASTM A194 و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎيB6 رده اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺘﺼﻞاﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ASTM A193 ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺗﻤﺎم رزوه ﺷﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ454 ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ازB6 رده رده،ASTM A193 درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ850) ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد454 ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻴﻦB16 1100) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد593 درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و850) درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺷﺶ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ2H ردهASTM A194 ﮔﻮش ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ و1A ﻛﻼسASME B1.1 ﺿﺨﻴﻢ و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ1B واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ8-11-2-7 7.2.11.8 External gaskets دﺳﺖروﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻮر ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي،آدمروﻫﺎ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ،ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن از ﻇﺮف ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Manholes, handholes and blanked-off nozzles shall have gaskets conforming to the piping specification for lines connecting to nozzles in the same zone of the vessel, unless otherwise specified. ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ7-2-11-9 7.2.11.9 Internal gaskets واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ.ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ . واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Solid metal gasket shall be fully annealed and one piece construction. Unless otherwise specified non-metallic gaskets shall be one piece construction. ﮔﻮﺷﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ 7.2.12 Earthing lug 12-2-7 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو ﮔﻮﺷﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي1-12-2-7 7.2.12.1 Minimum two earthing lugs shall be provided on each vessel, and shall be in accordance with either IPS-D-EL-413 or the vendor’s specification. ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد . ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪIPS-D-EL-413 ﺳﺎﺧﺖ-8 8. FABRICATION ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-8 8.1 General ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ1-1-8 8.1.1 Fabrication shall not begin until the fabricator has received written approval from the purchaser for the detailed drawings. ﺷﺮوع، ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه .ﺷﻮد 33 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 8.1.2 Intermediate heads shall be attached to the shell per ASME Code Section VIII, Division 1, Figure UW 13-1-(f) with fillet weld. ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، 1 ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ2-1-8 8.1.3 Anchor bolt holes of baseplate for vertical vessels shall be provided straddling the principal centerlines of the vessel. ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ورق ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف3-1-8 8.1.4 The inner edge of manholes and nozzles shall conform to the vessel inside radius except for those exceeding DN 600 and be smooth without sharp edges. ﻟﺒﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ آدم روﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻌﺎع4-1-8 ﺑﺎ، ASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪUW 13-1-(f) ﺷﻜﻞ،VIII .ﺟﻮش ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد .ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ.داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ . ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺻﺎف ﺑﺪون ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ600 اﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮراخ5-1-8 8.1.5 All reinforcement plates shall be provided with a 6 mm NPT tell-taile hole which shall be left open. ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎز ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪNPT ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ رزوه6 ﻫﻮاي .ﺷﻮد وﻗﺘﻲ ورق ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ از دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ورق ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﭘﺲ از ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮراخ،ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺰا از ورق اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد Where a reinforcement plate consists of two or more plates welded together after being fit to the vessel, a test hole shall be provided for each sealed section of the plate. 8.1.6 Welding and weld repair procedures shall be submitted to the purchaser for review prior to start of fabrication دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ6-1-8 8.1.7 Backing strips shall not be permitted without prior approval, by the purchaser. ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار7-1-8 8.1.8 All flange facing and threaded connections shall be protected against oxidation during heat treatment. ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت رزوهاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در8-1-8 8.1.9 Before fabrication the manufacturer shall submit for approval by the purchaser a fully dimensioned drawing showing the pressure portions of the vessel and carrying the following information: ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار9-1-8 .ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد .ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ در ﻃﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ،ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻇﺮف و ﺣﺎوي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ a) A statement that the vessel is to be constructed in accordance with this Standard. اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ اﻇﻬﺎرﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻇﺮف ﻃﺒﻖ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد b) Specification(s) materials shall comply ب ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ)ﻫﺎ( ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ with .ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد which .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ c) Welding Procedure Specification(s) with approved P.Q.R. to be adopted for all parts of the Vessel. ج ( ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ)ﻫﺎي( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ d) Large-scale dimensional details of the weld preparation for the longitudinal and circumferential seams, and details of the joints for branch د ( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﺑﺰرگ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف، ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪهP.Q.R. .در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ و ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ،ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ 34 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ pipes, seatings, etc., and the position of these seams and other openings IPS-G-ME-150(1) .و ﻏﻴﺮه و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ .ﻫ (دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش e) Post weld heat treatment procedure. .و ( روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب f) Non-destructive testing method. .ز ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ورق آزﻣﻮن g) Test plate requirements. ح ( ﻓﺸﺎر)ﻫﺎ( و دﻣﺎ)ﻫﺎي( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاريﻫﺎي h) Design pressure(s) and temperature(s) and major structural loadings. .ﺳﺎزهاي ﻣﻬﻢ .ط ( ﻓﺸﺎر)ﻫﺎي( آزﻣﻮن i) Test pressure(s). .ي ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ و ﻣﻘﺪار ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز j) Location and amount of corrosion allowance By agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer, it is permissible to commence the manufacture of individual parts of the vessel before approval of the drawings of the complete vessel. ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت،ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻴﺎن ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻨﻔﺮد ﻇﺮف ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺠﺎز .ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ No modifications shall be made to the approved design drawing unless approved by the purchaser. ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪون .ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ10-1-8 8.1.10 Material identification The manufacturer shall maintain, to the satisfaction of the Inspecting Authority, a system of identification for the material used in fabrication in order that all material for pressure parts in the completed work can be traced to its origin. The system shall incorporate appropriate procedures for verifying the identity of material as received from the supplier via the material manufacturer’s test certificates and/or appropriate acceptance tests. In laying out and cutting the material, the material identification mark shall be so located as to be clearly visible when the pressure part is completed. ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ،ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻗﻨﺎع ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ را ﺗﺪارك ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻛﺎر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ.ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺒﺪاء ﺧﻮد ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﮔﺮدد دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪاي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ رﺳﻴﺪه از ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺟﻨﺲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺪارك ﻧﺸﺎن ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ، در ﭼﻴﻨﺶ و ﺑﺮش ﺟﻨﺲ.ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر . ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد،ﺑﻪ وﺿﻮح ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Where the material identification mark is unavoidably cut out during manufacture of a pressure part, it shall be transferred by the pressure part manufacturer to another part of this component. در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب در ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ از ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي از .اﻳﻦ ﺟﺰء ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮد Batch No. of welding consumables shall be retained. .ﺷﻤﺎره دﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮد 35 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) Where any part of vessel is made in two or more courses, the longitudinal seams shall be completed before commencing the adjoining circumferential seam(s) and, where practicable, the longitudinal seams of adjacent courses shall be staggered. ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ11-1-8 در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﻇﺮف در دو ﻛﻮرس ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع درزﻫﺎي،ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮدد و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻮرﺳﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ،اﺳﺖ .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 8.1.12 Junction of more than two weld seams اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﺶ از دو درز ﺟﻮش12-1-8 Where meeting of more than two weld seams is unavoidable, then intermediate stress relief shall be applied. در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو درز ﺟﻮش اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ . ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود،اﺳﺖ 8.1.11 Order of completion of weld seams ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ و روادارﻳﻬﺎ، ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري2-8 8.2 Cutting, Forming and Tolerances ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺟﻨﺲ1-2-8 8.2.1 Cutting of material روش1-1-2-8 8.2.1.1 Method ،ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺑﺮاي.ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ و اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ25 ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي.ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺳﺮد ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ1/5 ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮش ﻛﻞ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻟﺒﻪ .ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ10 ﺑﺮاي ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از اﮔﺮ. ﻟﺒﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﻧﻜﺮدن ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ،ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮش ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ All material shall be cut to size and shape preferably by thermal cutting or machining. However, for plates less than 25 mm thick, it is permissible to use cold shearing provided that the cut edges are dressed back mechanically by not less than 1.5 mm to provide a suitable surface to permit a satisfactory examination of the edges prior to welding. It is permissible for plates less than 10 mm thick, which are cold sheared, not to be dressed where the cut edges are to be subsequently welded. . ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ، ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده :ﻳﺎدآوري Note: Where preheat is specified for welding the type of material being cut by a thermal process, it may also be necessary to preheat during cutting. در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ،ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮش ﻣﻴﺨﻮرﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻲ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻴﺰ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Surfaces which have been thermally cut shall be dressed back by machining or grinding to remove severe notches, slag and scale. Slight oxidation of the cut edges of carbon steel and carbon manganese steel type steels produced by machine thermal cutting shall not be regarded as detrimental. ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮش ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﮔﺬازه و،ﻳﺎ ﺳﻤﺒﺎدهزﻧﻲ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻴﻖ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ.ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ رﻓﻊ ﺷﻮد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰدار ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ .اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻀﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد The cut edges of ferritic alloy steel, which are cut by a thermal process, shall be dressed back by grinding or machining for a distance of 1.5 mm unless the manufacturer can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Inspecting Authority that the material has not been adversely affected by the cutting process. ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮردهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ1/5 ﺳﻤﺒﺎدهزﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻗﻨﺎع ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ دﻻﻳﻠﻲ اراﺋﻪ .ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري اﺛﺮ ﺑﺪي ﺑﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﮕﺬاﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ 36 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده2-1-2-8 8.2.1.2 Examination of cut edges ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺮش ﺧﻮرده و،ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺟﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺑﻌﺪي ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺧﺼﻮص ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ،ﻋﻴﻮب ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه او اﻃﻼع داده.ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ ﺟﻨﺲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻤﺒﺎدهزﻧﻲ،ﺷﺪن و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻪﺑﺮداري ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺪﻳﺪه ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ .ﺷﻮد Before carrying out further work, cut surfaces and heat affected zones shall be examined for defects, including laminations, cracks and slag inclusions. Major defects shall be notified to the purchaser or his representative. Any material damaged in the process of cutting to size and preparation of edges shall be removed by machining, grinding or chipping back to undamaged metal. ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ورﻗﻬﺎ2-2-8 8.2.2 Forming of shell sections and plates ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-2-2-8 8.2.2.1 General ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ از ﻫﻤﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ،ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ.اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲﻫﺎي ﮔﺮم و ﺳﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ،اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﺎري،دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد .ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﭘﺲ از ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ زداﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻮاد آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺰﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ اﺛﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ . از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮود،ﺳﻄﻮح در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Prior to forming, a visual examination of all plates shall be carried out, followed by measurement of the thickness. As far as practicable, all hot and cold forming shall be done by machine; local heating or hammering shall not be used. Heavy scale remaining after any hot forming operation shall be removed by a suitable descaling process which will not impair the quality of the material or have an adverse effect on the corrosion resistance of the exposed surfaces. 8.2.2.2 Plates welded prior to hot or cold forming ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ2-2-2-8 It is permissible to butt weld plates together prior to forming provided that the joint is nondestructively tested after forming by a method agreed between the purchaser and manufacturer. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ روش ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آزﻣﻮن ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب .ﮔﺮدد از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ ،دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم روﺑﺮو ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﻨﺠﺎر )ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰه( ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻋﻤﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮش را ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ .اﻳﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮد Since welds in items subjected to hot forming temperatures, or normalized, will generally suffer significant strength reduction, the manufacturer shall ensure that the filler metal used will satisfy the weld joint design requirements after such heat treatment. ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد3-2-2-8 8.2.2.3 Cold forming ﻓﻮﻻد ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ3-2-2-8 8.2.2.3.1 Ferritic steel اﮔﺮ ﺷﻌﺎع داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ در ﻣﻮرد10 ﺳﺮد ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ، ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ18 ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰدار ﻳﺎ If the inside radius of curvature of a cold formed cylindrical pressure part is less than 10 times the thickness in the case of carbon and carbon manganese steels, or 18 times the 37 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) thickness in the case of all other ferritic materials, an appropriate post forming heat treatment shall be applied to restore properties to levels which will ensure that the material properties are not significantly altered from those assumed in design. ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ،در ﻣﻮرد دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﺗﺎ از ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻮاص؛ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﻋﻤﺪهاي ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻓﺮض ﺷﺪه . اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن دﻫﺪ،در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ All ends which have been cold formed shall be heat treated for the same purpose unless the manufacturer demonstrates that the cold formed properties are adequate and the material properties are not significantly altered from those assumed in design. ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺪف ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه دﻻﻳﻠﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ و ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮض ﺷﺪه ﺗﻔﺎوت .ﻋﻤﺪهاي ﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ2-3-2-2-8 8.2.2.3.2 Austenitic steel ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎً ﻧﺮم ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪ( و2-4-2-2-8 ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در :ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ Austenitic steel which has been cold formed shall subsequently be softended (as described in 8.2.2.4.2) and descaled unless: a) The thickness is less than 10 mm; or ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ10 اﻟﻒ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از b) The purchaser has agreed with the manufacturer that the extent of cold forming does not necessitate heat treatment. ب ( ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺷﻜﻞ .دﻫﻲ ﺳﺮد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﺪارد ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم4-2-2-8 8.2.2.4 Hot forming ﻓﻮﻻد ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ1-4-2-2-8 8.2.2.4.1 Ferritic steel دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ .ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﻮد ، دﻣﺎي ﻣﺎﻧﺪ،روﻳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ورق ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎزد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار.ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻴﺎن ﻛﻨﺪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دادهﻫﺎﻳﻲ،ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .اراﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ آن را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ Forming procedures involving plate heating shall be agreed between the purchaser and the manufacturer. The forming procedure shall specify the plate heating rate, the holding temperature, the temperature range and time in which the forming takes place and shall give details of any heat treatment to be given to the formed part. When required by the purchaser or Inspecting Authority the manufacturer shall provide data to support his procedure. ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ2-4-2-2-8 8.2.2.4.2 Austenitic steel Austenitic steel plates to be heated for hot working shall be heated uniformly in a neutral or oxidizing atmosphere without flame impingement, to a temperature not exceeding the recommended hot working temperature of the material. Deformation shall not be carried out after the temperature of the materials has fallen below 900°C. Local heating shall not be applied. ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺣﺮارت ﻣﻲﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ.دﻣﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺟﻨﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ درﺟﻪ900 ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺲ از ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻣﺎي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ زﻳﺮ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ.ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ .ﻛﺎر رود After hot working is completed the material shall be heated to the agreed softening ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ . دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد30 ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي دورهاي ﺑﻴﺶ از 38 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ temperature for a period not less than 30 min. The softening temperatures and period for warm worked, high proof material shall be agreed between the purchaser and the manufacturer. After softening, the surface shall be descaled. IPS-G-ME-150(1) دﻣﺎي ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ و دوره ﻛﺎر ﺷﺪه ﮔﺮم ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ، ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ.ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﻮد .ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ5-2-2-8 8.2.2.5 Manufacture of shell plates and ends ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ رواداريﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در .آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ دارﻧﺪ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از،در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻋﺪﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزي و ﻟﺒﻪﻛﺸﻲ دور.ﻳﻚ ورق ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ً ﻟﺒﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ،ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ.در ﻳﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ.ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﮔﺮدد .اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻮب و ﻋﺎري از اﻋﻮﺟﺎج ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Shell plates shall be formed to the correct contour to ensure compliance with tolerances specified in the applicable code. Where practicable, head plates and ends shall be made from one plate. Dishing and peripheral flanging of end plates shall be done by machine, flanging preferably being done in one operation. Sectional flanging is permitted provided that it is agreed between the purchaser and the manufacturer. The flanges shall be cylindrical, of good surface and free from irregularities. آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه6-2-2-8 8.2.2.6 Examination of formed plates ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﻌﺪي،ﻫﻤﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎ روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ .و ﻫﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻀﺮ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد All plates, after being formed and before carrying out further work upon them, shall be examined visually and checked for thickness and any injurious defect. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري3-8 8.3 Welding 8.3.1 Qualification for welding procedures and welders shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASME Code Section IX. ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و1-3-8 8.3.2 All welding shall be done by Shielded Metal Arc welding (SMAW) or submerged Arc welding (SAW) processes. ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎرﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري2-3-8 آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪIX ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻗﺴﻤﺖ . ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮدASME ( ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎريSMAW) ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود روﻛﺶ دار .( اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮدSAW) ﻗﻮس زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮدري ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪGMAW) ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ در ﮔﺎز ﺟﻮش آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﻳﺎ.ﭘﺎس رﻳﺸﻪ و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد .اﻛﺴﻴﻲ اﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻴﺴﺖ Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) shall be limited to the root pass only and limited to the flat position. Oxyacetylene or forge welding is not acceptable. 8.3.3 Welding by the SAW processes shall be performed only by fully-automatic or semiautomatic equipment. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎSAW ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي3-3-8 8.3.4 Welding electrodes shall be of AWS approved quality or equivalent. Welding materials for use with carbon steels shall be "low-hydrogen" types. اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه4-3-8 .ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي. ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪAWS .ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﻮاع "ﻛﻢ ﻫﻴﺪروژن" ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 39 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻫﻤﺮاه ﭘﻮدر ﮔﺪازا )روانﺳﺎز( ﺑﺮاي5-3-8 8.3.5 Alloy elements containing flux powder for submerged arc automatic and semiautomatic welding techniques may be employed; provided that the flux shall be new (Reused Flux is not permitted). ﻓﻨﻮن ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮس زﻳﺮ ﭘﻮدري ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر و ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط آﻧﻜﻪ ﮔﺪازا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .()ﮔﺪازاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ 8.3.6 All welding shall be completed prior to final heat treatment. ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ6-3-8 8.3.7 A carbon equivalent shall be determined for all materials to be welded by using the following equation. ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮادي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه7-3-8 .ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ :ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد C eq. = C + Mn/6 + (Cr + Mo+ V)/5+ (Ni + Cu)/15 Carbon content (C): C 0.25% 0.45% Carbon equivalent (C eq.): C eq. 8.3.8 Welding electrodes, wires and fluxes shall be shipped, stored and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended practices. Damaged or non-traceable consumables shall not be used. ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ و ﮔﺪازاﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ، اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎ8-3-8 8.3.9 All welding of pressure parts shall conform to the requirements, of Section VIII, Division 1 and Section IX. Of ASME Code. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ9-3-8 8.3.10 All longitudinal and circumferential seams in shells and all seams in heads shall be full penetration double butt welds of the "V" or "U" type. Lap welds are not permitted. Joints that are not accessible for double welding may be single butt-welded with full penetration. ﻫﻤﻪ درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﻪ10-3-8 ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و،ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ.اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد .ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود از آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪIX و ﻗﺴﻤﺖVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،1اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺨﺶ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME درزﻫﺎ در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺳﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻧﻔﻮذي . ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي روي ﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ.“ ﺑﺎﺷﺪU” “ ﻳﺎV” اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ .ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻧﻔﻮذي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ( درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ )ﭘﻠﻪاي11-3-8 8.3.11 Adjacent longitudinal seams shall be staggered so as to give a minimum of 60° orientation between seams. درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زاوﻳﻪاي ﺑﻴﻦ60 ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ .ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ درزﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور از ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل داﺧﻠﻲ .واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد Shell seams shall be located away from long internal attachment welds. ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي داﻣﻨﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ12-3-8 8.3.12 Skirt and other attachment welds shall have complete fusion for the full length of the weld and shall be within permissible limits undercut, overlap, abrupt ridges or valleys. ذوب ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﺟﻮش داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﺎره ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ .ﮔﺮدهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي درﺷﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري4-8 8.4 Welding Electrodes اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ . ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر روﻧﺪ3 ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول Welding electrodes for cladded materials shall be used as shown in Table 3. 40 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) TABLE 3 - WELDING ELECTRODES FOR CLADDED MATERIALS اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه-3 ﺟﺪول ASTM Spec. ASTM ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت AWS-Welding Electrode Specifications * *AWS – ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري Cladding Material ﻣﻮاد روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري Weld to Base Metal ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ Type 405 or 410S Type 304 L A 264 Type 316 Type 316 L A 265 B 432 ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ روﻛﺶ E 310 - xx or E 309 -xx Type 304 A 263 Weld to Cladding Metal E 310 - xx or E 309 -xx Type 321 or 347 UNS 04400 (Ni-Cu Alloy) UNS C 70600 UNS C 72200 UNS C 71500 (Cu-Ni Alloy) E 308 – xx E 308 L – xx E 316 – xx E 310 - Mo – xx or E 309 - Mo - xx E 310 - xx or E 309xx E 316 L – xx E Ni Cu – 7 E Ni Cu – 7 E Ni Cu - 7 or E Ni - 1 E Ni Cu - 7 or E Cu Ni E 347 – xx :*ﻳﺎدآوري * Note: رده. ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ16 ﻳﺎ15 AWS در اﻟﻜﺘﺮودxx ﻋﻼﻣﺖ . ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رودAWS ﻣﻌﺎدل ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت AWS electrode designation xx are 15 or 16. The equivalent grade of AWS specifications may be used. ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ5-8 8.5 Clad Disbonding Prevention ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎ از ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻃﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ "ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺧﺎص . ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮف ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد،"اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ Preventives of weld metal overlay clad disbonding, which may occur during operation of the "Special Hydrogen Service" vessel, shall be provided in the vessel fabrication. ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن6-8 8.6 Preheating 8.6.1 The manufacturer shall state the proposed preheat temperature to avoid hard zone cracking in the heat affected zone, for each type of weld including those for all attachments and tack welds. No welding shall be carried out when the temperature of the parent metal within 200 mm of the joint is less than 5°C. Austenitic steels do not require preheat for welding. ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي ﺧﻮد1-6-8 8.6.2 Where preheat is specified welding shall continue without interruption. If, however, continuity is affected, preheat shall be maintained or the joint shall be slowly cooled under an insulation blanket. Before recommencing welding preheat shall be applied. ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري2-6-8 8.6.3 The preheat area shall be at least 200 mm wide, where possible, centered about the weld در، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ200 ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ3-6-8 ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﺪود ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﻧﻮع از ﺟﻮش ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻴﭻ. اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ،ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻫﻤﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ 200 ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ اﺻﻠﻲ در اﻧﺠﺎم، درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ5 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري.ﺷﻮد .ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﻳﺮاد، ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎل،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون وﻗﻔﻪ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ اﮔﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮔﺮدد ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ،ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻣﺠﺪد.آراﻣﻲ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺘﻮي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺳﺮد ﺷﻮد . ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد،ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺟﻮش و اﻣﺘﺪاد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ دور ﻫﻤﻪ،ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن 41 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ and shall extend circumference. around the IPS-G-ME-150(1) entire . ﻋﺮض داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻣﺤﻴﻂ (PWHT) ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش7-8 8.7 Post-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT) ASME ﻇﺮوف ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه اﮔﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ1-7-8 8.7.1 Welded vessels shall be stress relieved if required by the ASME Code and with regards to the following: ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ :ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﻟﻒ( ﻇﺮوف در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻨﺶ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ a) Vessels subject to stress corrosion b) Vessels with unusual configurations ب ( ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﻤﻮل c) Vessels in which high stresses may develop in the welds because of restraint ج ( ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ .ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻴﻮد ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﻳﺎﺑﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري2-7-8 8.7.2 Where post-weld heat treatment is required because of process or service condition, the temperature range and the holding time shall be as specified by the purchaser. ﻣﺤﺪوده،ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ .دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و زﻣﺎن ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد 8.8 Tolerances رواداري ﻫﺎ8-8 8.8.1 General ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-8-8 ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﭘﺬﻳﺮش اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺑﻪ،ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ .ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ و ﺧﺎرج . ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME از ﮔﺮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت As a general rule, the limits of dimensional acceptability will be defined by the tolerances specified in this Standard. For vessels fabricated from pipe, the diameter and out-of roundness tolerances shall be in accordance with relevant ASME Code specification. روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ2-8-8 8.8.2 Shell tolerances 8.8.2.1 Tolerances for vessels under external pressure shall be as specified in ASME Code Section VIII, Division I. روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ1-2-8-8 8.8.2.2 Tolerances for vessels subject to internal pressure shall be as follow: روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ2-2-8-8 آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، I ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهASME :ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻟﻒ( روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺪازه a) Tolerances for inside nominal shell diameter as measured by external strapping shall be as shown in the following table: NOMINAL I.D. mm ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻮاري ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ در ﺟﺪول :زﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ < 1200 > 1200 TO 2100 > 2100 TO 4800 > 4800 ±3 ±5 ±6 ±8 ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ TOLERANCE mm رواداري ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ 42 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) (ب ( ﻣﺪور ﺑﻮدن )ﺧﺎرج از ﮔﺮدي b) Circularity (out-of-roundness) ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ :ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ The difference between the maximum and minimum internal diameters shall be in accordance with the following table: NOMINAL INTERNAL DIAMETER OF VESSEL mm DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM INTERNAL DIAMETERS ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ To 800 incl. 0.8% of nominal internal diameter 800 ﺗﺮاز و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ Over 800 to 3000 ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ%0/8 0.5% of nominal internal diameter 3000 ﺗﺎ800 ﺑﻴﺶ از Over 3000 to 5000 ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ%0/5 20 mm or 0.5% of nominal internal diameter, whichever is the smaller 5000 ﺗﺎ3000 ﺑﻴﺶ از Over 5000 ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ%0/5 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ20 25 mm or 0.4% of nominal internal diameter, whichever is the smaller 5000 ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ%0/4 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ25 راﺳﺘﻲ3-8-8 8.8.3 Straightness ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﺮون ورق اﺻﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي از ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇﺮف ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﻮل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ1000 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ درﻫﺮ1 ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ25 ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ The maximum deviation measured at the outside surface of the cylindrical parent plate from a straight line parallel to the vessel axis shall not exceed 1 mm per 1000 mm shell length, with a maximum of 25 mm. ﻃﻮل4-8-8 8.8.4 Length روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط :ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Tolerance on overall length measured between the tangent lines shall be in accordance with the following table: LENGTH mm TOLERANCE mm ﻃﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ رواداري ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Up to 1000 incl. Over 1000 to 4000 Over 4000 to 10000 1000 ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ±2.0 4000 ﺗﺎ1000 ﺑﻴﺶ از ±4.0 10000 ﺗﺎ4000 ﺑﻴﺶ از Over 10000 and all vessels having a wall thickness over 70 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ70 و ﻇﺮوف داراي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﻴﺶ از10000 ﺑﻴﺶ از ±8.0 ±13.0 :ﻳﺎدآوري Note: ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ روي ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻋﺪﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه از داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﻼﻗﻲ ﻗﻮس ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺎﻳﺪار .ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ Tangent lines to be punch-marked on the dished heads, both externally and internally at the intersection of knuckle with the cylindrical section. روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه5-8-8 8.8.5 Tolerance for formed heads روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪهASME ، VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، I ﺑﺨﺶ Tolerances for formed heads shall be as specified in the ASME, Section VIII, Division I. 43 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) اﺗﺼﺎﻻت6-8-8 8.8.6 Attachments Tolerances for attachments are given below. The alphabetical coding is explained in Fig. 1. ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬاري.روادارﻳﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت در زﻳﺮ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ . ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ1 اﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ در ﺷﻜﻞ Nozzles in Shells and Domed Ends (except for nozzles for level instruments): ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﮔﻨﺒﺪي )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ (ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ a) Position . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±6 اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس Measured from tangent line, ±6 mm. ب ( ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ b) Projection ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي روي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از -اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي روي ﮔﻨﺒﺪ اﻧﺪازه . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±6 ، ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس For nozzles on shell measured from shell curvature, and for nozzles on domes measured from tangent line, ±6 mm. ج ( ﺗﺮازي c) Alignment 1 ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ 2 .درﺟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ Of nozzle flange face with the indicated plane, maximum ½ degree in any direction. د ( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ d) Radial orientation اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ 15 درﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ رواداري ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ±1 ،ﻧﺎزل .ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Measured from reference center line to center line of nozzle, ±1 degree with a maximum circumferential tolerance of 15 mm. ﻫ( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ e) Bolt hole orientation ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه در1/5 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ .داﻳﺮه ﭘﻴﭻ Maximum rotation 1.5 mm measured at bolt circle. :ﻳﺎدآوري Note: ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻣﻮازي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ .ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Bolt holes to straddle center lines, if not indicated otherwise. و ( اﻧﺤﺮاف ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزل در ﻛﻠﮕﻲ f) Deviation of nozzle center line in head . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ3 ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از Not to exceed 3 mm. :ﻳﺎدآوري Note: (ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ )ﺳﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮازي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ در ﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻘﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد .ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد Stacked heat exchangers. Nozzles and supports for stacked heat exchangers shall be checked for correct alignment during fabrication-due allowance being made for the gaskets specified. ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ Nozzles for Level Instruments: ز ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ g) Distance . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±1/5 اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ measured from center to center ±1.5 mm. 44 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ح ( ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ h) Projection difference اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از اﻧﺤﻨﺎي،ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﻔﺖ از ﻓﻠﻨﺞ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ1/0 ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ for each pair of flanges, measured from shell curvature 1.0 mm. ط ( ﺗﺮازي i) Alignment ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ of nozzle flange face with the indicated plane maximum ¼ degree in any direction. Further tolerances for level instrument nozzle shall be in accordance with 8.8.6 a, b and e. ﺑﻘﻴﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺎزل. درﺟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ1 4 )ب( و،( )اﻟﻒ6-8-8 اﺑﺰار ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ .)ﻫ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ :آدمروﻫﺎ Manholes: ي ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ j) Position . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±12اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ( )د6-8-8 ﺑﻘﻴﻪ روادارﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي آدمروﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ .و )ﻫ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Measured from bottom tangent line ±12 mm. Further tolerances for manholes shall be in accordance with 8.8.6 d and e. ك ( ارﺗﻔﺎع k) Height . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±12 اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از اﻧﺤﻨﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ Measured from shell curvature ±12 mm. ل ( ﺗﺮازي l) Alignment . درﺟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ1 ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ Of flange face maximum 1 degree in any direction. :ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف Vessel Supports: م ( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ m) Support height DISTANCE FROM LOWER TANGENT LINE TO BASE OR SUPPORT mm ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ از ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ To 1000 incl. 1000 ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ Over 1000 to 4000 4000 ﺗﺎ1000 ﺑﻴﺶ از Over 4000 to 10000 10000 ﺗﺎ4000 ﺑﻴﺶ از TOLERANCE mm رواداري ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ±2.0 ±4.0 ±8.0 n) Base ring or support out of levelness ن ( ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮاري ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه 0.2% of nominal diameter with a maximum of 12 mm. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ12 درﺻﺪ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ0/2 س ( داﻳﺮه ﮔﺎم ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن o) Foundation bolt pitch circle ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از±3 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2100 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ±6 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2100 ﻣﺴﺎوي ±3 mm, for ID of vessel < 2100 mm. ±6 mm, for ID of vessel ≥ 2100 mm. 45 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) (ع ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ p) Distance between legs (horizontal vessel) Max. ±3 mm. . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ (ف ( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ q) Height of leg (horizontal vessel) . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±5 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ Max. ±5 mm. (( ﻫﻤﻮاري ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﭘﺎﻳﻪ )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ1ح h1) Flatness of the bearing surface of a support (horizontal vessel) Transverse direction Max. ±2 mm . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±2 ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ Longitudinal direction Max. ±4 mm . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±4 ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ2ح h2) Height of bearing sole plate and lower generating line of vessel (horizontal vessel) (ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻇﺮف )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ Max. ±3 mm ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ3ح h3) Distance between axes of bolt holes (horizontal vessel) . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ Max. ±3 mm ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲﻫﺎ4ح h4) Distance between diagonals of end saddles (horizontal vessel) ()ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ Max. ±6 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±6 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ h5) Distance between levels of end bearing sole plates (horizontal vessel) ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ارﺗﻔﺎعﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻜﻬﺎي5ح (ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ+5 ﺗﺎ0 0~+ 5 mm ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻮر ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ و ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس6ح h6) Distance between saddle axis and vessel tangential or reference line (horizontal vessel) (ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻇﺮف )ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±5 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ Max. ±5 mm :ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Tray Supports: r) Tray support ring levelness ص( ﻫﻤﻮاري )ﺗﺮازي(ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Measured as greatest difference all around, tolerance 0.15% of the outside tray diameter, with a maximum of 4 mm. ،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه دورﺗﺎدور 4 درﺻﺪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ0/15 رواداري .ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ق ( ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ s) Tray support ring position Distance of tray support ring to lower tangent line ±6 mm. ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±6 ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ t) Distance between two adjacent tray support rings ر ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺎر ﻫﻢ 46 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) And from tray support ring to center of adjacent nozzle or instrument connection ±3 mm, except for the distance of a draw-off tray support ring to the center of the corresponding nozzle, for which the maximum tolerance is ±2 mm. از ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزل ﻛﻨﺎري ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ±3 اﺗﺼﺎل اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزل . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ±2 ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ رواداري ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام u) Distance of vertical downcomer plate to vessel axis ش ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦرﻳﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇﺮف Maximum ±3 mm. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ت( ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه v) Height of fixed weir above tray support ring ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Maximum ±3 mm. w) Distance from bottom to tray support . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ث( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦرﻳﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه downcomer ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Maximum ±3 mm. . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ±3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ 47 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺎزل ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس 3-8-8را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ 3-8-8را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎر از ﺧﺎرج و داﺧﻞ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇﺮف ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻇـﺮف، ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي راﺳﺘﻲ ﻇﺮف Fig. 1- a- ALPHABETIC CODE ﺷﻜﻞ -1اﻟﻒ -ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري اﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ 48 ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري ﺷﻮد Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ IPS-G-ME-150(1) Fig. 1- b -ALPHABETIC CODE ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري اﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﻲ-ب-1 ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-9 9. INSPECTION AND TESTING ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-9 9.1 General 9.1.1 The term inspector, as used in this Standard, refers to the inspector assigned by the Purchaser. واژه ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده1-1-9 9.1.2 Manufacturer’s data reports shall be made available to the inspector at the time of inspection. ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرس در2-1-9 9.1.3 When the code symbol stamping is not required to the vessels, the items of inspection and testing which are designated to be performed by the manufacturer in the code are considered as the same as the case of the code symbol stamping. زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﻛﺮدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف3-1-9 9.1.4 An inspection and testing plan shall be prepared in accordance with the test descriptions described in this standard. ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮح4-1-9 The fabricator shall notify the Purchaser representative at least 10 working days prior to the start of fabrication and to the scheduled time of each test to be conducted. روز ﻛﺎري ﻗﺒﻞ10 ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪار را ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ . ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﺎزد،ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه،ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد .اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد .زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻪ در،ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ، آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه .ﻣﻬﺮزدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد . آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد،آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺷﺪه 49 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 9.1.5 The responsibility for inspection of the vessel in accordance with the ASME code rests with the fabricator. The Purchaser representative will inspect the vessels at any time during fabrication to ensure that the vessel materials and workmanship are in accordance with this standard and the ASME code. ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد5-1-9 9.1.6 All reinforcing pads or each segment thereof shall be air tested to 345 kPa (50 psig) prior to postweld heat treating and/or hydrostatic testing. All welds shall be inspected inside and outside during the test. Test holes shall be open during the hydrostatic test and plugged with a nonhardening sealant or heavy grease after the hydrostatic test. ﺗﻤﺎم ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ6-1-9 9.1.7 All covers, gaskets, bolting, apparatus and tools for inspection and testing shall be prepared by the manufacturer. دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و، ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري، ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ، ﺗﻤﺎم درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ7-1-9 ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻇﺮوف. ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪASME را در ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ در ﻃﻮل ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮده ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻇﺮف و ﻛﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ . ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪASME اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ( اﻳﻨﭻ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ50) ﻛﻴﻠﻮﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل345 ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮا ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ،ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش و ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮشﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج در ﻃﻮل.آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﻴﻦ آزﻣﻮن.آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ .ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻮر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﺑﺰارآﻻت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه .ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد2-9 9.2 Material Inspection 9.2.1 The material inspection shall be conducted to confirm the material certificates or mill test reports of pressure retaining parts. - ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ1-2-9 9.2.2 Where hydrogen or wet H2S service is specified, all plate materials to be used for pressure retaining portion shall be subjected to an ultrasonic examination. The method and acceptance criteria of ultrasonic examination for the plates material to be used for the vessels shall be in accordance with ASTM Standard Specification A 578, acceptance "level 1". زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن2-2-9 ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻮرد ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر .اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ورق ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي،ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻗﺮار روش و ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﺑﺮاي.داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﺟﻨﺲ ورقﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد،"ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش "ﺳﻄﺢ اول . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪA 578, ASTM ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه3-2-9 9.2.3 Heat treated materials ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ واﻗﻌﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻇﺮف در . آﻣﺎده ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ،ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ Specimens for testing shall be prepared from actual vessel material which has been subjected to an equivalent total thermal treatment as the vessel material in the final fabricated condition. ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش3-9 9.3 Welding Inspection آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري1-3-9 9.3.1 Radiographic examination 9.3.1.1 Radiography shall be applied according to ASME code Section VIII, Division 1, Paragraph UW-51, or Division 2, Article L-5 . ،UW-51 ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف1-1-3-9 9.3.1.2 The radiographic examination shall be carried out before postweld heat treatment, except when the code specifies that آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت2-1-3-9 اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد2 ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،L-5 ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻟﻪ،VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،1 ﺑﺨﺶ . ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮدASME ﻣﮕﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ، اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد،ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش 50 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) examination is to be performed after heat treatment. اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت .ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد 9.3.1.3 Skirt butt welds shall be inspected as follows: ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ3-1-3-9 :ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ a) Finished weld shall be inspected by spot radiography. اﻟﻒ( ﺟﻮش ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي b) At least one radiograph shall be made for every two girth seams, and one for every two vertical seams, at locations selected by the inspector. At least two radiographs shall be taken of each welder’s work. ب ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮدو درز ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ .ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ،و ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮدو درز ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو. اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد،ﺑﺎزرس اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻴﺸﻮد .ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره،ج( ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي c) In lieu of spot radiography, magnetic particle examination shall be used on any back gouged area prior to rewelding and on the OD and ID cover pass. ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﺠﺪد و روي ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و .داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎس )ردﻳﻒ( ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎر ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داﻧﺴﻴﺘﻪ آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻴﻦ4-1-3-9 9.3.1.4 Radiographs shall have a density between 2.0 and 3.0 high definition, high contrast film shall be used. Fluorescent intensifying screen shall not be used. ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎ اﺧﺘﻼف ﺷﺪت ﻓﺮوزﻧﺪﮔﻰ.دو و ﺳﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه.ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد .ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ ﺟﻮش در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ5-1-3-9 9.3.1.5 If a weld is to be subjected to forming operations, as might occur in a welded head, radiographic examination shall be performed after forming. ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ،ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ،ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ .از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎرﻫﺎASME ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد6-1-3-9 9.3.1.6 According to ASME Code if the radiographs show unacceptable defects, the defective welding shall be cut out and rewelded. ﺟﻮش ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ،ﻋﻴﻮب ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮش داده ﺷﺪه و دوﺑﺎره ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﻮد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت2-3-9 9.3.2 Ultrasonic examination Where ulterasonic examination is specified, it shall be carried out before postweld heat treatment where this is to be conducted, except when the code specifies that the examination is performed after heat treatment. The portion of the examination may be specified by the inspector at the shop. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از،ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ، اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد،ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮده ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ.ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد .اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد 9.3.3 Magnetic particle examination (MT) and liquid penetrant examination (PT) ( و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶMT) آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ3-3-9 9.3.3.1 Magnetic particle examination and acceptance criteria shall be per ASME code Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix 6. The D-C prod method shall be used prior to final postweld heat treatment, and the A.C. Yoke or آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ1-3-3-9 (PT)ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ، ﺑﺨﺶ اول،ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞD-C روش اﻟﻘﺎي. اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮدASME اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و روش دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ 51 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) coil method after final postweld heat treatment. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮشA.C. ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻳﻞ .ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد 9.3.3.2 Magnetic particle examination of welds shall include a bond of base metal at least 25 mm wide on each side of the welds. آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ2-3-3-9 9.3.3.3 Liquid penetrant examination of welds shall include a bond of base metal at least 25 mm wide on each side of the weld. آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮاري3-3-3-9 9.3.3.4 Fillet welds on intermediate heads shall be given a magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination after hydrostatic testing. ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﻪ روي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ4-3-3-9 9.3.3.5 Except for austenitic stainless steel and nickel steels, material having either: ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ و5-3-3-9 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ روي ﻫﺮ25 ﻧﻮاري از ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ .ﻃﺮف از ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ روي ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف از25 از ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ .ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻳﺎ ذره، ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ .ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد : ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ داراي،ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻜﻠﻲ a) A minimum specified tensile strength of 550 MPa (80,000 psi) or greater, or 550 اﻟﻒ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه b) A total nominal alloy content greater than 4%: . درﺻﺪ4 ب ( ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻠﻲ آﻟﻴﺎژ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از Shall have all attachment welds and all areas fitup bars etc. Were temporarily attached examined by magnetic particle techniques before final PWHT and after hydrostatic testing. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﻀﻢ و ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮدﻫﺎي ﺳﻮارﺳﺎزي ﻗﺒﻞ از، ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.ﺳﻄﻮح و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ، ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲP.W.H.T. .روﺷﻬﺎي ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ80000) ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ4-3-9 9.3.4 Hardness test ﺳﻮد، ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب1-4-3-9 9.3.4.1 For wet H2S, caustic or amine service, the hardness of weld seams including heat affected zones of the joint categories A, B, C and D [only for butt joints where the connection is DN 50 mm (NPS 2) or larger] per ASME Code shall be tested. ﺳﺨﺘﻲ درزﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪﻫﺎي،ﻳﺎ آﻣﻴﻦ )ﺗﻨﻬﺎD وC ،B ،A ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﻮاع 50 ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل داراي ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد2 NPS)ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ . ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮدASME 9.3.4.2 The hardness test shall be made against the weldments of each welding procedure per vessel. آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ2-4-3-9 9.3.4.3 The hardness test locations shall be designated by the inspector. ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس3-4-3-9 9.3.4.4 The location to be hardness tested shall be flushed smoothly. ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي آن آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم4-4-3-9 9.3.4.5 Hardness of hot formed sections, base metal, weld metal and the related heat affected zone (HAZ) of all welds shall not exceed the ﻓﻠﺰ، ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﮔﺮم ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه5-4-3-9 ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﻮش ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري .در ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد .ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد . ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد،ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش و ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺣﺮارت،ﭘﺎﻳﻪ 52 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ limits given below: IPS-G-ME-150(1) ( ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﺪوده زﻳﺮHAZ) .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد MATERIAL P-NUMBER BRINELL HARDNESS ﻣﻮادP ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﻨﻞ P-1 P-3, P-4 P-5, P-6, P-7 P-10 225 225 235 225 ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ4-9 9.4 Inspection and Testing Records ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در4 . اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد،ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه The manufacturer’s inspection and testing records shall be prepared in accordance with Table 4 and the following data shall be submitted in the forms as given in the Appendices of this Standard. Dimensional inspection records (Consisting of two (2) sheets)Appendix "D". اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎدي )ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ از دو b) Radiographic examination recordAppendix "E". .(ب ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ a) .(ﺻﻔﺤﻪ( ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د record- .(ج ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎوراء ﺻﻮﺗﻲ – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )و d) Magnetic particle examination recordAppendix"G". .(د ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ز e) Liquid penetrant examination recordAppendix "H". .(ﻫ( ﺳﻨﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ح c) Ultrasonic examination Appendix "F". داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ5-9 9.5 Scope of Inspection and Testing ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات،ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن4 در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺟﺪول . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،داده ﺷﺪه In general, the items of inspection and testing and/or verification of the records at the manufacturer’s shop shall be as shown in Table 4. 53 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) TABLE 4 - SCOPE OF INSPECTION AND TESTING داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-4 ﺟﺪول DIVISION OF WORK INSPECTION AND TESTING ITEMS ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ REMARKS ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت C MFR R S R Tr & S 1. Welding Qualification ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري-1 1.1 Confirmation of procedure qualification record ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺳﻨﺪ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ1-1 1.2 Welding procedure qualification test آزﻣﻮن ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري2-1 1.3 Welding performance qualification test Before fabrication ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ R Tr & S R S R Tr & S R Tr & S آزﻣﻮن ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺟﻮش3-1 1.4 Confirmation of qualified welder's list ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎر ﻣﺎﻫﺮ4-1 2. Material Inspection ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد-2 2.1 Verification of material mill test certificate report ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺰارش ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻮرد ﻣﻮاد1-2 2.2 Non-Destructive examination آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب2-2 3. Component Inspection ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺟﺰاء-3 3.1 Inspection of jig plate and anchor bolts W ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ورق راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻣﻬﺎر1-3 3.2 Inspection of expansion joint R ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ2-3 3.3 Inspection of formed head and cone R Tr & S R Tr & S ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ3-3 4. Inspection Of Welding Edge Preparation ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻟﺒﻪ ﺟﻮش-4 4.1 Magnetic particle or liquid penetrant examination ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از داﺧﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل دوﺷﻴﺎره آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ1-4 4.2 Fit-Up inspection Back gouged portion of double groove joint R Tr W T W/R Tr & S ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺟﻮر ﻛﺮدن2-4 5. Welding Inspection ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري-5 5.1 Visual inspection for weldment ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﻬﻢ ﺟﻮش ﺧﻮرده1-5 5.2 Radiographic examination آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري2-5 54 Verifying the film ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) DIVISION OF WORK INSPECTION AND TESTING ITEMS REMARKS ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ 5.3 Magnetic particle examination ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت C MFR W/R Tr & S W/R Tr & S W/R Tr & S W/R Tr & S R Tr & S W/R Tr & S W T W Tr R Tr & S W Tr & S List of accessories or a copy of accessories packing list R Tr & S ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ روﻧﻮﺷﺖ از ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ R Tr & S آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ3-5 5.4 Liquid penetrant examination آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ4-5 5.5 Ultrasonic examination آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮا ﺻﻮت5-5 5.6 Hardness test آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ6-5 5.7 Confirmation of heat treatment ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ7-5 6. Inspection For Completed Vessel ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه-6 6.1 Overall dimensional inspection ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻛﻠﻲ1-6 6.2 Inspection of completed surface ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎ و ﺷﻤﺎره ذوب ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه2-6 6.3 Inspection of internal parts and tray assembly As built Sketch or material locations and heat number of material ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺳﻴﻨﻲ3-6 6.4 Confirmation of material identification marks on vessel ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد روي ﻇﺮف4-6 6.5 Pressure test آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر5-6 6.6 Leak test for opening reinforcing pad آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺮا6-6 7. Confirmation Of Accessories ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ-7 :اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات Abbreviations: ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه:MFR MFR :The manufacturer R : Witness inspection/testing Tr :Manufacturer’s own inspection/testing with the record to be prepared :Manufacturer’s inspection/testing ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻀﻮري/ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ:W W T / ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات آزﻣﻮن:R :Verify by reviewing the manufacturer’s inspection/test record آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺳﻨﺪي/ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ:Tr .ﻛﻪ آﻣﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه/ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ:T own 55 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ S P IPS-G-ME-150(1) آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه/ اراﺋﻪ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ:S :Submission of manufacturer’s inspection/testing record ﺧﺮﻳﺪار:P : Purchaser آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ6-9 9.6 Hydrostatic Testing ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ و ﻇﺮف1-6-9 9.6.1 After fabrication of the vessel is completed and the vessel stress relieved, a hydrostatic test shall be conducted as per ASME Code. آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ،ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪ . اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮدASME ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﻀﻮر ﺑﺎزرس2-6-9 9.6.2 All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the presence of an authorized ASME Code inspector or at the discretion of purchaser, the Purchaser representation. Vessels shall not have been previously tested by the fabricator. ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه، ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪارASME ﻣﺠﺎز آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه.ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد .آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 9.6.3 Horizontal vessels shall be supported on the saddle supports during hydrostatic testing. در ﻃﻮل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي3-6-9 9.6.4 The minimum test water temperature and metal temperature shall be 10°C. If the design temperature is below 10°C, the minimum water temperature may be equal to the design temperature. 10 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي آب آزﻣﻮن و دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ4-6-9 9.6.5 After the final hydrostatic test, vessel shall be drained and dried completely. ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ، ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ5-6-9 9.6.6 Vessel with solid or lined austenitic stainless components shall have test water with a chloride content not exceeding 150 ppm. ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎ اﺟﺰاي ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن6-6-9 9.6.7 The test pressure shall be held not less than 30 minutes. دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ30 ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ7-6-9 9.6.8 Pneumatic test for vessels partially or completely filled with air may be performed with prior approval. آزﻣﻮن ﻫﻮا ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎ8-6-9 9.6.9 No abnormal deformation or leak of test medium shall be acceptable. ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺳﻴﺎل9-6-9 .ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ درﺟﻪ10 اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ زﻳﺮ.درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي آب ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي،ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺷﺪه و ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدد اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آب . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ150 ppm آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي .ﺷﻮد .ﻫﻮا ﭘﺮﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد .واﺳﻂ آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ 10. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ-10 10.1 Cleaning and Blanking ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري و ﻛﻮر ﻛﺮدن1-10 ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ و ﻣﺎده،ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ.ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ.ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد .ﻛﻮر ﺷﻮد ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﻴﺪن ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮا و دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي، آدمروﻫﺎ،و ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ Vessel shall be free of loose scale, dirt and foreign material. Liquid used for testing or cleaning shall be completely drained. Vessel openings shall be blanked. High alloy vessels shall be blown dry with air, and all nozzle, manhole, vent and connection openings shall be blanked, plugged or capped 56 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) to prevent the entry of moisture. ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ،اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻮر .از ورود رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺷﻮد 10.2 Machined or threaded exterior surfaces of carbon steel, and ferrous alloys with a nominal chemistry of 12 Cr and below, shall be protected from corrosion during shipment and subsequent storage by coating with a rust preventive of a type : ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ2-10 ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪدار ﺷﺪه و آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي آﻫﻦ ﺑﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل12Cr ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﻤﻲ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ،ﺣﻤﻞ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﺑﻌﺪي :ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ از زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ 1) To provide protection during outdoor storage for a period of twelve months exposed to a normal industrial environment, and ( ﻳﻚ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ دوازده ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﺑﺮاي ذﺧﻴﺮهﺳﺎزي در1 2) To be removable with mineral spirits or any standard solvent. ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ2 ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ .ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ .ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻼل اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آب ﻧﻤﻚ3-10 10.3 Protection from Salt Water Austenitic stainless steels used in vessels shall not be exposed to wetting by salt water or salt spray. Protective coating or coverings used to prevent such exposure shall be approved by the Purchaser. ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي زﻧﮓﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در ﻇﺮوف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض رﻃﻮﺑﺖ آب ﻧﻤﻚ ﻳﺎ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻗﺮار ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺸﻬﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي،ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ .در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد 10.4 Temporary supports in contact with high alloy vessels, for shipping and storage, shall not be of a moisture retaining material such as raw wood. ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ4-10 ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮادي،ﺑﺎﻻ .ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ را ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪارﻧﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﻮب ﺧﺎم ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ رﻧﮓ و ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ5-10 10.5 Paint and Protection اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت رﻧﮓ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ در1-5-10 10.5.1 Painting requirements shall be as specified in the purchase order or in accordance with IPS-E-TP-100. IPS-E-TP-100 ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ .ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ، ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ،ﺗﻤﺎم ﻇﺮف )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﺿﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﺳﺘﺮزﻧﻲ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي، در ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ.ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ ﺷﻮد ﻇﺮف، ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ.ﭘﻴﭻ داﺧﻞ و ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻲ رﻧﮓ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺎز ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر از داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺎزي ﺷﻮد The entire vessel (including inside of the skirt, outside of the bottom head, entire base ring, and all skirt attachments) shall be primed and/or painted. Nozzles shall be painted on the flange edges, inside bolt holes, and up to the gasket surface. Prior to shipping, vessel shall be internally purged with pressurized inert gas. 10.5.2 Exposed edges of shells shipped in 2 or more pieces shall be protected by welding ring angles extending beyond the edges. ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ2 ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي آزاد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ در2-5-10 10.5.3 Each loose piece or assembly shall be properly protected to prevent damage during normal shipping and handling. ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ آزاد ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮز3-5-10 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺒﺸﻲﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ،ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد . ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد،ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ از ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ در ﻃﻮل ﺣﻤﻞ .ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد 57 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري6-10 10.6 Marking 10.6.1 All parts shall be marked for identification and preparation for shipment. ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰا ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺣﻤﻞ1-6-10 10.6.2 Each removable piece of equipment that will be shipped separately from the vessel shall be identified with a metal tag. The tag shall be securely wired to each item with stainless steel wire. ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﻧﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺟﺪا از2-6-10 .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻼك ﻓﻠﺰي،ﻇﺮف ﺣﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﭘﻼك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ.ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد .از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻤﺎره، ﭘﻼك ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﻮده و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻄﻌﻪ و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت روي آن ﺣﻚ ﺷﺪه،ﺳﻜﻮ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ.ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﭘﻼك ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. The identification tag shall be metal die stamped with the item number, platform number, piece number, and total number of pieces. The identification tag shall include the vessel tag number to which each piece corresponds. ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ-11 11. GUARANTEE 11.1 The Vendor shall guarantee the vessel against defective of material workmanship and improper mechanical and process design for one year after being placed in service or 18 months after date of shipment (see Appendix N) . ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮف را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از1-11 11.2 The Vendor, without charge, shall repair or replace any parts having defects or improper workmanship within the guarantee period. ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر راﻳﮕﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻫﺮ2-11 ﺑﻪ،ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻮاد و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﻣﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ18 ﻣﺪت ﻳﻜﺴﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻳﺎ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ن( را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه .(ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ را،ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﻛﻪ داراي ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻮده . اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ،در ﻃﻮل زﻣﺎن ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ-12 12. Quality Assurance 12.1 The manufacturer will be expected to operate a quality system to satisfy the requirements of this standard. It should be in accordance with the relevant part of ISO 9001. اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ را ﺑﻪ1-12 12.2 Positive Materials Identification/Alloy verification, when required by Purchaser, shall be specified separately. ، اﺳﻨﺎد ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻣﻮاد2-12 .ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺮآورده ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد . ﺑﺎﺷﺪISO 9001 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت،زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد 58 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) PART II II ﺑﺨﺶ TRAYS AND TOWER INTERNALS ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد-1 1. SCOPE 1.1 This Standard covers the minimum requirements for design, materials, fabrication, inspection, testing, and preparation for shipment of trays and other internals of vessel, together with tower internals specification sheet and some Standard drawings. ، ﺳﺎﺧﺖ، ﻣﻮاد، اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ1-1 1.2 Internals for fixed or fluid bed reactors are not covered in this Part of the Standard. اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل2-1 1.3 This Standard specification supplements the basic requirements given in Part I of this Standard "Material and Engineering Standard for Towers and Pressure Vessels". اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داده ﺷﺪه در، اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت3-1 آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ و،ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺟﺰاي .داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج و ﺗﻌﺪادي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را در ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﻲﮔﻴﺮد ﺑﺨﺶ اول اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي .ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻣﻮاد-2 2. MATERIALS ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش1-2 2.1 Materials of construction shall be as specified on data sheet, or purchase order. . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ،دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه .ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد Vendors proposals to use materials, or thicknesses alternative to those specified shall be submitted to purchaser for approval. 2.2 Where tray material is specified to be stainless steel, tray plate and valve parts shall be of the same material. ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ2-2 2.3 Free machining grades of steel are not permitted, except that Type 416 nuts furnished to ASTM A 194 Gr 6F with Selenium are acceptable for use with ASTM A 193 B6 bolts. ردهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺎن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده3-2 2.4 Acceptable grades and specifications for a number of standard internal materials are as follows: ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ردهﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﻣﻮاد4-2 2.4.1 Ferritic stainless steel assemblies - ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ1-4-2 ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و اﺟﺰاي ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﻤﺎن ﺟﻨﺲ،ﺷﻮد .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛــﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد416 اﻣــﺎ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫــﺎي ﻧﻮع،ﺷﻮد ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﻨﻴﻮم ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪASTM A 194 Gr 6F ﻗﺎﺑﻞASTM A 193 B6 ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع .ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ :اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﺰن ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد1-1-4-2 2.4.1.1 The sheet and plate materials shall be in accordance with ASTM A 240 Type 410S or 405 stainless steel with No. 1 finish quality or equivalent. ﻳﺎ410S از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﻧﻮعASTM A 240 . ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ405 ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ2-1-4-2 2.4.1.2 Support rings, downcomer bars and other parts welded to the vessel wall shall be carbon steel in accordance with ASTM A 283- اﺟﺰاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ 59 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) C or equivalent, unless where alloy steel material is specified and/or shall have the design temperature of 343°C (650°F) and higher in which case, they shall be of the same material as the vessel wall. ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدﻟﺶASTM A 283-C ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﮕﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ،ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و650) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد343 دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ . آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻮاد دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ،ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 2.4.1.3 The bolts material shall be type 410 stainless steel which conforms to ASTM A 193 Gr. B6 and the nuts shall be ASTM A 194 Gr. 6 or equivalent. 410 ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع3-1-4-2 ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪASTM A 193 Gr. B6 ﻛﻪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻳﺎASTM A 194 Gr. 6 ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ .ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻧﻠﻲ2-4-2 2.4.2 Monel assemblies 2.4.2.1 All sheet and plates material shall be hot rolled annealed and pickled weldable Monel in accordance with ASTM B-127. ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻔﺤﺎت و ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮﻧﻞ1-2-4-2 2.4.2.2 Support rings and downcomer bars and other parts welded to the vessel shall be in accordance with 2.4.2.1. ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه و اﺳﻴﺪﺷﻮﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه،ﺟﻮشﺧﻮر ﻧﻮردﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪASTM B-127 ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد 2-2-4-2 رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﻨﺪ . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ1-2-4-2 2.4.2.3 All bolting material shall be Monel. . ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ3-2-4-2 2.4.3 Austenitic stainless steel assemblies ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻴﻨﻴﺘﻲ3-4-2 2.4.3.1 The sheet and plate materials shall be in accordance with ASTM A 240 Type 304 stainless steel with No. 1 finish or equivalent. ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد1-3-4-2 ﺑﺎ304 از ﻧﻮع ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﻧﻮعASTM A 240 .ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 2.4.3.2 Support rings, downcomer bars and other parts welded to the vessel wall shall be carbon steel, in accordance with ASTM A 283C or equivalent, unless where alloy steel material is specified and/or design temperature is 343°C (650°F) or higher. In case of the above, they shall be of the same material as the vessel wall. ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ، ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي 2.4.3.3 The bolting material shall be type 304 stainless steel which conforms to ASTM A 193 Gr. B8 and nuts shall be A 194 Gr. 8. ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن از ﻧﻮع3-3-4-2 2-3-4-2 رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ASTM A ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﮕﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد، ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ283-C درﺟﻪ343 ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ، درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ650) ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد .از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻮاد دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖASTM A 193 Gr. B8 ﻛﻪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد304 . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪA 194 Gr. 8 ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ4-4-2 2.4.4 Carbon steel assemblies ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد و ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد1-4-4-2 2.4.4.1 The plate and bar materials shall be in accordance with ASTM A 283-C or equivalent. The sheet and strip material shall be commercial grade carbon steel, except for vessel design temperatures 343°C (650°F) or higher. ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ و. ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪASTM A 283-C ﻣﮕﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ،ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رده ﺗﺠﺎري ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ درﺟﻪ650) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد343 دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف .ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ درﺟﻪ343 ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ2-4-4-2 2.4.4.2 For vessel design temperatures 343°C (650°F) or higher, the plate and bar materials ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻴﻠﮕﺮد و، درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ650) ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد 60 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) shall be of the same material as the vessel wall. .ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺲ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 2.4.4.3 The bolting material shall be same as in Paragraph 2.4.1.3. 3-1-4-2 ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف3-4-4-2 .ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ5-2 2.5 Gaskets ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﻄﺮات ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد آزﺑﺴﺘﻲ1-5-2 2.5.1 Due to the health hazards concerned with the asbestos materials, therefore all gaskets shall be asbestos free. . ﺗﻤﺎم ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آزﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ،( ) ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﻮز ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ2-5-2 2.5.2 External gaskets درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي دﺳﺖ رو و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻮرﺷﺪه،درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي آدمرو ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي واﺷﺮ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ . ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻛﻨﻨﺪ Manholes, handholes and blanked-off nozzles shall have gaskets conforming to the piping specification for lines connecting to nozzles in the same zone of the vessel, unless otherwise specified. ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ3-5-2 2.5.3 Internal gaskets واﺷﺮ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه،ﺗﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ، ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺷﻮﻧﺪ Solid metal gasket shall be fully annealed and one piece construction. Unless otherwise eveled d non-metallic gaskets shall be one piece construction. واﺷﺮﻫﺎ6-2 2.6 Washers ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي واﺷﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ .و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ All bolting shall be provided with washer having the same quality as that of the bolts and nuts. 3. DESIGN ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-3 3.1 General ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-3 3.1.1 All internal assemblies shall be designed to take into consideration the corrosion problems (including galvanic and S.C.C.) and the differential strain. ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ1-1-3 3.1.2 Trays for vessels less than 800 mm in diameter shall be of the cartridge type. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ800 ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از2-1-3 3.1.3 Design of trays must ensure that the setting can not be loosened by vibration. ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن3-1-3 ﻧﺤﻮي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﻚ و ﺗﻨﺸﻲ( و ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻰ را .ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ در اﺛﺮ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺷﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ و ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎ2-3 3.2 Loads and Stresses ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ1-2-3 3.2.1 Design loads ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ اﺟﺰاي، ﺗﺸﺘﻚﻫﺎ،ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ 1/5 داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ زﻧﮓ زدن ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ وزن ﺧﻮد ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي زﻧﺪه :زﻳﺮ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ Trays, pans, draw-off boxes, or similar internals, shall be designed using a corroded thickness of 1.5 mm to support their own weight plus the following live loads at design temperatures: 61 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ a) Fractionating trays ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ98 ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ50 ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل وزن آب ﺑﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ.ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Design live load shall be the greater of 98 kg/m² or the weight of water 50 mm over the highest weir setting. At normal operating tray loadings, the deviation from the horizontal shall not exceed 1/900 of the tower diameter. ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج 1 900 اﻧﺤﺮاف اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از .ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد ب( ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ b) Areas under downcomers ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ314 ﺑﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل ارﺗﻔﺎع آب ﻛﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ .رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد Design live load shall be the greater of 314 kg/m² or a head of water one half of the height of the downcomer. ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي، ﺑﺮاي اﻫﺪاف ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ2-2-3 3.2.2 For maintenance purposes, all assemblies shall be designed for a concentrated load of 135 kg at any point and at ambient temperature. ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم در ﻫﺮ135 ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎر ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ .ﻧﻘﻄﻪ و در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز3-2-3 3.2.3 Allowable stress ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ "ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ، VIII اول ﻗﺴﻤﺖ .ﻓﺸﺎر" ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 1 ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ،در ﻣﻮرد ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺗﻨﺶ 2 . ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دادASME ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز در آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ The allowable stresses of all structural materials shall be as given in ASME Code Section VIII "Pressure Vessel", Division 1. In the case of stress corrosion cracking, the allowable stress shall be reduced to ½ of the allowable stress in the ASME code. ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ3-3 3.3 Tray Support ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-3-3 3.3.1 General در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار . ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ﺳﺘﻮن ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ .ﻣﻜﺎن اﻳﻦ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ .ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ آن را ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آورد Where support beams or other materials are bolted to the column wall, slotted holes shall be provided. The location of these holes shall be determined by the tray manufacturer. Trays shall be fastened to support rings and beams in such a way that they can be easily mounted and dismounted. ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ2-3-3 3.3.2 Rings Stacked trays shall be installed in columns with a nominal diameter of up to 800 mm. ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺎﺷﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺘﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ800 از For columns with a nominal diameter of 800 mm and larger, tray support rings shall be welded to the column wall. For tray support rings, reference is made to Appendix N of this Standard. ، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ800 ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺘﻮنﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﺳﺘﻮن ﺟﻮش ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻮرد، ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي.داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ن( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز4-3 3.4 Corrosion Allowance ﺧﺮﭘﺎﻫﺎي، ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻃﺒﻘﺎت1-4-3 3.4.1 The corrosion allowance for all surface of floors, beams trusses or other support members ﺗﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه 62 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) of carbon steel assemblies shall be one-fourth (¼) of the specified corrosion allowance of the vessel wall. ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي1 ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ 3.4.2 For support rings, etc., directly welded to the vessel wall, one-half (½) of the corrosion allowance of the vessel wall shall be provided on both sides. ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاردي2-4-3 4 .دﻳﻮار ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺼﻒ،ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻇﺮف ﺟﻮش داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي دو ﻃﺮف آن ﻟﺤﺎظ .ﮔﺮدد ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ5-3 3.5 Thickness of Tray ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓﻧﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ1-5-3 3.5.1 Minimum thickness of stainless steel trays shall be as follows: :ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Tray floors ﻛﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Caps ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎ Support rings ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه Downcomer bars ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ Parts welded to vessel ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ All other tray parts Long caps Round caps Support rings Downcomer bars ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ1/5 : 1.5 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ1/5 : 6 mm for alloy steel ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي6 : 6 mm for alloy steel ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي6 : 6 mm for carbon steel ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ6 : 2.0 mm ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ2-5-3 3.5.2 Minimum thickness of carbon steel trays shall be as follows: Tray floor : 1.5 mm :ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ : 1.5 mm ﻛﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﮔﺮد ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف : 2.0 mm : 3.6 mm : 9.0 mm : 9.0 mm : 9.0 mm Parts welded to vessel Floor plates for sieve and dual flow trays : 2.0 mm ورقﻫﺎي ﻛﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ و دوﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻪ Beams ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ All other tray parts ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ : 2.0 mm : 3.6 mm ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ6-3 3.6 Bolts and Nuts 3 8 3.6.1 The minimum size of bolting shall be 9 mm (3/8 in.) in diameter. اﻳﻨﭻ( در 3.6.2 Thread of bolts and nuts shall conform to ASME B 1.1 and thread series employed shall be UNC for all sizes. ASME رزوه ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد2-6-3 ) ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ9 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﭘﻴﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ1-6-3 .ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺮده و ﺳﺮﻳﻬﺎي دﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهB 1.1 . ﺑﺎﺷﺪUNC ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎ 63 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ASME B 18.2.2 ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد3-6-3 3.6.3 Nuts shall conform to ASME B 18.2.2 "Heavy Hex Nut"; however, "Heavy Hex Jam Nut" shall be employed as specified. "ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺶ وﺟﻬﻲ" ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ اﻣﺎ " ﻣﻬﺮه ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺷﺶ وﺟﻬﻲ ﻓﺸﺮده" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه .ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻼس رواداري دﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از4-6-3 3.6.4 Thread tolerance class of bolts and nuts shall conform to ASME Standard Class 1 A and 1 B. . ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪASME اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد1B و1A ﻛﻼس آدمروﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ7-3 3.7 Tray Manways and Access دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ1-7-3 3.7.1 Access through trays shall be provided as follows: :ﮔﺮدد a) All trays of 1050 mm in diameter and larger shall be equipped with manways. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ1050 اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ b) All trays smaller than 1050 mm in diameter shall be either split or equipped with manways. ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ1050 ب( ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از c) Trays having 2 or more liquid passes shall contain manways on each pass. ج( ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي دوﮔﺬر ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آدمرو ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ آدمرو ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ .ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﮔﺬر آدمرو داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ : آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ2-7-3 3.7.2 Tray manways shall be as follow: a) Tray manways shall provide a minimum rectangular opening of 380 × 460 mm .If necessary, a 330 × 560 mm rectangular opening can be used. اﻟﻒ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ b) If opening under or through major support beams is less than those in sub paragraph a, tray manways shall be installed on both sides of the beam. ب ( اﮔﺮ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺎن ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﺻﻠﻲ c) Tray manways shall not form a part of the downcomer seal area. ج ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻓﻀﺎي ﻧﺸﺖ d) Tray manways shall be vertically aligned, unless otherwise specified. د ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ردﻳﻒ e) Tray manways (or tray sections used in lieu of manways in towers of 1050 mm in diameter or smaller) shall be removable from both above and below the tray. ﻫـ( آدمروﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز380×460 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮرد330×560 دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد آدمروﻫﺎي،ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو ﻃﺮف ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ . ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﺷﻮﻧﺪ 1050 اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي آدمروﻫﺎ در ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﻢ از ﺑﺎﻻ و .ﻫﻢ از ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ-4 4. FABRICATION ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-4 4.1 General ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﻮب1-1-4 4.1.1 All parts of tray shall be fabricated in accordance with good shop practice and in uniformity so that all corresponding parts will ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي آن 64 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ be interchangeable. IPS-G-ME-150(1) . ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦرﻳﺰ و، ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي2-1-4 4.1.2 Support rings, downcomer bars and beam support brackets in the vessel shall be sealwelded on the top or one side and intermittent welded with 25 mm welds at 150 mm centers on the other side when made of carbon steel, or seal welded both sides when made of alloy. Brackets shall be continuously welded all around. ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺗﻴﺮ در ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ وﻗﺘﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻد،ﻃﺮف ﺟﻮش ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ 25 ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﺟﻮش ﻳﺎ، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد150 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ وﻗﺘﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ از دوﻃﺮف ﺟﻮش ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺟﻮش داده، ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ.ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺷﻮﻧﺪ رواداريﻫﺎ2-4 4.2 Tolerances 4.2.1 Tolerances of vessel tray for fabrication and assembly shall be as shown in Appendix J. رواداريﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺳﺮﻫﻢ1-2-4 4.2.2 The tray supports welded to inside of vessel shell, shall maintain the tolerances specified by tray fabricator. ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ2-2-4 .ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ي( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رواداري ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه،ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف .ﺳﻴﻨﻲ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ3-4 4.3 Gaskets and Packing ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ1-3-4 4.3.1 Downcomers ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ روي اﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در،ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ 900 ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ،ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻫﻢﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي.ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ و ﺗﻤﺎم دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي،ﻋﺒﻮري از ﻣﻴﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰﻫﺎ .ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺮار ﺑﺨﺎري اﺗﻔﺎق ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ Gaskets and packing may be used to install downcomers on all tray types, but shall not be used in areas under downcomers, except for towers of 900 mm in diameter or smaller. Overlapping joints for downcomers and all openinings for support beams passing through downcomers shall be sealed so that no vapor bypassing will occur. ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮدار، ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﺖ2-3-4 4.3.2 Jet, sieve, or valve trays ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي،ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ . ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ، ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮدار Gaskets and packing shall not be used between tray decks and support rings or beams when installing jet, sieve, or valve trays. ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ4-4 4.4 Surface Finishing :ﺳﻄﻮح و ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ The surfaces and edges shall be finished as follows: اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻄﻮح ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﻋﺎري از a) Surfaces of fabricated parts shall be smooth and free of dents, hammer marks, kinks, or other defects, particularly in locations which might prevent close metalto-metal fit. ﺑﻪ، ﺗﺎب و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺶﻛﺎري وﻳﮋه در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ .ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ را ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد b) Edges of all surfaces shall be free of burrs. ب ( ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ c) Edges of tray accessways shall be ج ( ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﻴﺮﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي .ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ 65 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) beveled or rounded for safety. .اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﺦزده ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري5-4 4.5 Welding ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎريﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻗﻮس ﻓﻠﺰي1-5-4 4.5.1 All welding shall be done by metal-arc process. Gas or carbon-arc welding shall not be permitted. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮس ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎزي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺎزه.اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد .داده ﺷﻮد 4.5.2 Welds shall be smooth and free from slag and spatter. ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﻋﺎري از ﮔﺪازه و ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﮔﻲ2-5-4 4.5.3 Welding electrodes of a composition similar to tray material shall be used, except that austenitic electrodes of higher chromium and nickel (E-309 or E-310) may be used for 13 Cr. And 18/8 stainless steel. اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ3-5-4 .ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ،ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ( ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪE-309 or E-310) ﻧﻴﻜﻞ و ﻛﺮوم ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار13 Cr و18/8 ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓﻧﺰن .ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب4-5-4 4.5.4 Where wet H2S service is specified. Weld hardness verification is required for internals joined, or attached, by welding. Hardness of the base metal, the weld metal and the related Heat Affected Zone (HAZ) of all welds shall not exceed the limits given below: ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي،ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮرد،داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش و ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ، ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ.ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﺪوده .داده ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ وﻳﻜﺮز اﻧﺠﺎم ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده.ﭘﺬﻳﺮد .ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد These tests shall be made with a vicker Testing Machine. A portable hardness tester may be used. MATERIAL P-NUMBER VICKERS HARDNESS ﺳﺨﺘﻲ وﻳﻜﺮز ﺟﻨﺲPﺷﻤﺎره P-1 1) P-3, P-4 P-5, P-6, P-7 P-10 237 237 247 237 :ﻳﺎدآوري Note: 1) Base metal hardness tests are not required on P-1 material. ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎزP-1 ( آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ روي ﺟﻨﺲ1 The vessel fabricator shall check the weld hardness of the initial production weld for each welding process, filler metal, and technique used. If the clearances are such that it is not possible to check the production weld, a makeup with identical conditions shall be used. ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ .ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه و روش اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه،ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري اﮔﺮ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش.ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ روش ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﺎدل،ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪي اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد 66 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬاري6-4 4.6 Marking 4.6.1 All internals shall be clearly marked with corresponding markings provided on assembly drawings to permit rapid assembly. - ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روﺷﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ1-6-4 4.6.2 All parts shall be marked with the part number shown on the drawings. Painting is an acceptable method of marking. ﺗﻤﺎم اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه2-6-4 4.6.3 The purchase order number and vessel number shall be prominently marked on the side of the shipping containers as shipped. ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر3-6-4 4.6.4 All similar pieces shall have the same marking. ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ4-6-4 4.6.5 Non-leaded paint shall be used for marking. رﻧﮓ ﺑﺪون ﺳﺮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻼﻣﺖﮔﺬاري ﻣﻮرد5-6-4 ﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎي ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺮﻳﻊ را،ﺳﺮﻫﻢﻛﻨﻲ .اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺳﺎزد رﻧﮓ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ روش. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ .ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ - ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪاي روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻤﻞ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ .ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد .ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد 5. INSPECTION AND TESTING ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-5 5.1 Tray Fit-Up ﺳﻮارﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻨﻲ1-5 ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲاش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮان .ﺳﻮارﻛﺮدن را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد One tray of each size and type with its accessories shall be assembled in shop to the extent necessary to check fit-up. آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ2-5 5.2 Leakage Tests ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻇﺮف آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در.ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ . اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه ﻫﺮ،ﺳﻄﻮح آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع دودﻛﺶ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر، ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻛﺪام ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد دارد .ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﻮد .ﻧﺮخ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد All draw-off pans shall be tested for leakage after installation in the erected vessel. Tests shall be made with drain holes plugged. Water levels shall be at overflow weir height or chimney height, as applicable, leakage, as permitted, shall be uniformly distributed across the area’s under test. Leakage rates shall not exceed the following: LEAKAGE CLASS SERVICE LEAKAGE RATE m³/h PER SQ. METER OF AREA UNDER TEST ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد رده ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺮخ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن 1 All towers except those covered below in classes 2 or 3 0.13 . ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ3 ﻳﺎ2 ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻛﻼس 2 Vacuum towers, except as in class 3 0.06 3ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻼء ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻛﻼس 3 Pans immediately above a packed fractionation zone ﺗﺸﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺪون واﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﭘﺮﺷﺪه 67 0.02 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 5.2.1 Leakage tests shall not be performed on jet, sieve, valve, cartridge or pedestal trays. ، آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﺖ1-2-5 5.2.2 Leakage tests and washing of austenitic stainless steel components shall be conducted with water having less than 150 ppm (150 mg/L) chloride ion content. Potable water will meet this requirement. Components shall be dried immediately after testing, by blowing with air. آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ و ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي اﺟﺰاي ﻓﻮﻻدي2-2-5 . ﻛﺎرﺗﺮﻳﺠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺪﺳﺘﺎﻟﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ، ﺷﻴﺮدار،ﻏﺮﺑﺎﻟﻲ زﻧﮓﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آب ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻳﻮن ﻛﻠﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ آب ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮب اﻳﻦ. ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮم در ﻟﻴﺘﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد150 از اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از.اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﺮآورده ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ .آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﻴﺪن ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ-6 6. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ1-6 6.1 General 6.1.1 All parts are to be properly packed in wooden boxes or crates. Carbon steel trays are normally packed in crates lined with waterproof paper. ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ1-1-6 6.1.2 Of the following component parts an excess percentage of each size and type shall be furnished to cover loss, waste and shrinkage. از اﺟﺰاء زﻳﺮ درﺻﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪاي از ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻧﻮع2-1-6 ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪر رﻓﺘﻦ و ﻛﻤﺒﻮد را،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﮔﻢ ﺷﺪن .ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﺪ For valves, bolts, nuts, clamps, wedges, washers, etc. minimum 10% but not less than 4 pieces For jointing materials(gaskets, packings) minimum 25% واﺷﺮﻫﺎ و، ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ، ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ، ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ، ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ،ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد، ﻗﻄﻌﻪ4 درﺻﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از10 ﻏﻴﺮه ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ . درﺻﺪ25 ﻧﺸﺖﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ،اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه )ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد.ﺻﻨﺪوقﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺻﻨﺪوقﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺿﺪآب .ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي2-6 6.2 Handling and Storage ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﺑﺮج ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ و ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت : زﻳﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد Tower packing shall be packaged to affect protection against corrosion or degradation during shipping and storage at site, as follows: a) Metal pickings (Generally) shall be packaged in sealed plastic bags. اﻟﻒ( ﭘﺮﻛﻦﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي b) Plastic pickings shall be packaged in opaque bags. ب ( ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺮه .ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ3-6 6.3 Release for Shipment ،ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ .ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺷﻮد No material shall be released for shipment until it has been approved by the Purchaser’s inspector. 68 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) PART III III ﺑﺨﺶ ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRESSURE VESSELS اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف AND و REACTORS ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ50 راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﻻي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر HAVING WALL THICKNESS OVER 50 mm داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد-1 1. SCOPE ، اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد، اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد1-1 1.1 This Part of Standard covers additional requirements for material, design, fabrication and inspection of pressure vessels and reactors having a wall thickness over 50 mm. ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ،ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ50 ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺑﺎﻻي اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺎﺳﻲ داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺨﺶ2-1 1.2 This Standard supplements the basic requirements given in Part I of this standard "Material and Engineering Standard for Towers and Pressure Vessels". اول اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ و ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ .و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻌﺎرض ﺑﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي3-1 1.3 In case of conflict between this specification and the pertinent drawings, the latter requirements shall take precedence. . اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دوﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺪم داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻮاد-2 2. MATERIALS 2.1 The steel used for fabrication of heavy wall pressure vessels shall be made by the basic oxygen or electric arc furnace and shall be vacuum degassed. ﻓﻮﻻد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر1-2 2.2 When specified and for hydrocracking and hydrotreating reactors, reactors shell shall be made from forged cylindrical rings without having any longitudinal seam. زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺮاي راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي2-2 2.3 The forging material shall be in accordance with the ASTM standard, A 266 "Forgings Carbon Steel for Pressure Vessel Components" and A 336 "Forgings Alloy Steel for Pressure and High Temperature parts as applicable. ﻣـــﻮاد رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘـــﺎﻧﺪارد3-2 2.4 Temper embrittlement of 1 cr-½ Mo, 1¼ cr-½ Mo, 2¼ cr-1 Mo and 3 cr-1 Mo class low alloy steels to be operated at temperatures of 350°C and over shall be minimized by controlling the temper embrittlement factor (called J-factor) below 100. J-factor is defined as: ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ رده ﻫﺎي4-2 ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻮره ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﮋن ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮس .اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻼء ﮔﺎززداﻳﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ،ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻴﺪروژن راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺷﺪه .ﺑﺪون داﺷﺘﻦ درزﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد " ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮي ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰايASTM A 266 "ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي رﻳﺨﺘﻪﮔﺮيA 336 ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر" و ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد،"ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ . ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ،دارد و2¼ cr-1 Mo ، 1¼ cr-½ Mo، 1cr-½ Mo درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ350 ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي3 cr-1 Mo ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ،ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ100 ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮد( زﻳﺮj دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ) ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ : ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻴﺸﻮدj ﺿﺮﻳﺐ،ﮔﺮدد 100 ≤J-factor = (Si+Mn) × (P+Sn) × 104 69 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) Where Si, Mn, P and Sn are weight percentage of silicon, manganese, phosphorous and tin respectively. ، ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ درﺻﺪ وزﻧﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮنSn وP وMn وSi ﻛﻪ . ﻓﺴﻔﺮ و ﻗﻠﻊ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ،ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰ 2.5 For weld metal of low alloy steels (1cr½Mo, 1¼cr-½Mo, 2¼cr-1Mo and 3cr-1Mo) in the SAW (Submerged Arc Welding) and SMAW (Shielded Metal Arc Welding) processes, the temper embrittlement factor called X-factor shall be15 ppm maximum. Xfactor is defined as: آﻟﻴﺎژ ﻛﻢ ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاي 5-2 3 Cr -1 Mo , 2 ¼ Cr –1 Mo , 1 ¼ Cr – ¼ Mo ) )ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري زﻳﺮSAW ( در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي1 Cr – ¼ Mo, )ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖSMAW ﭘﻮدري( و ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪهX ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ، (ﺷﺪه ﺿﺮﻳﺐ، ذره در ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ15 ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ : ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖX 15 ppm X-factor = (10P+5Sb+ 4Sn +As) × 10-2 Where P, Sb, Sn, and As are weight percentage of phosphorous, Antimony, tin and Arsenic respectively. ، ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ درﺻﺪ وزﻧﻲ ﻓﺴﻔﺮAs وSn ، Sb ، P ﻛﻪ . ﻗﻠﻊ و آرﺳﻨﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ،آﻧﺘﻴﻤﻮان 2.6 Pressure vessels may have heads made from plates conforming to its relative ASME standard. ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر داراي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ورق6-2 Silicon content of head plates and shell forgings for vessels made of Cr-Mo alloy steels shall be 0.07% maximum. ﻣﻘﺪار ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮن ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه -ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻛﺮوم درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ0/07 ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ 2.7 All wrought materials used in, or welded to pressure parts of the heavy wall pressure vessels shall have an alloy composition in the same range as specified for the shell and heads and shall be in the same heat treated condition. This includes non-pressure parts such as skirt, clips, lugs and all internals of non-cladded vessels. The tensile strength of such parts shall be in the same range as specified for the shell and heads. ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي7-2 . ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ آﻟﻴﺎژي در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ، ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ.ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ، ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ، ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ و ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺪون روﻛﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺪوده.ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد . ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري، ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻇﺮف و داده ﺑﺮگ8-2 2.8 When the vessel drawings and data sheet specify stainless steel cladding, the metallic internals and all materials welded to cladding or not welded (including bolting material) shall be stainless steel of the compositions specified on the data sheet. اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي و ﺗﻤﺎم،زﻧﮓﻧﺰن را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ روﻛﺶ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ . ﺷﺪه در داده ﺑﺮگ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ورق و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت9-2 2.9 Mechanical properties of plate and forgings shall meet the requirements of the specified material standard. Maximum tensile strength at room temperature shall be 690 MPa (100,000 psi). If design temperature of the vessel is greater than 343°C (650°F), tensile test at design temperature shall be conducted with ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ. اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه را ارﺿﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ100000 ) ﻣﮕﺎﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل690ﻛﺸﺸﻲ دردﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ 343 اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از. ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آزﻣﻮن، درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ650) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد و ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ 70 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) results reported to the Purchaser. .ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﮔﺰارش ﮔﺮدد ﺷﻜﻞV ﺗﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺎف3 ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه10-2 2.10 One set of 3 charpy V-notch impact tests according to ASME standard SA-370 shall be conducted on completely heat treated specimens from plates and forgings of each heat treated lot. Toughness requirements for low alloy steel materials after temper embrittlement test shall meet the following criterion: ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رويASME SA-370 ﭼﺎرﭘﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه از ورﻗﻬﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت . ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد، آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭼﻘﺮﻣﮕﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ :ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﺎر زﻳﺮ ﻫﻤﺨﻮاﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ VTr 54 + 2.5 (VTr’54-VTr 54) 38°C (100°F) :ﻛﻪ Where: 54 ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( دﻣﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل در- ﻓﻮت40) ژول54 is 54 Joules (40 ft-lbs) transition temperature in the min. PWHT condition. :54 . ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪPWHTﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ is 54 Joules (40 ft-lbs) transition temperature in the min. PWHT plus step cooled condition. ﭘﻮﻧﺪ( دﻣﺎي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل در- ﻓﻮت40) ژول54 VTr’54 ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂPWHT ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ .ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪن ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي Step cooling procedures shall be approved by the Purchaser. دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار . ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد Impact values for carbon steel material shall be as specified on the ASME code section VIII Division 2. ، 2 ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ Lateral expansion in mils and percent shear fracture shall be reported with the impact test results. اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻋﺮﺿﻲ در ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ و درﺻﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ . ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﺰارش ﺷﻮد 2.11 Ferrite content of type 347 stainless steel weld overlay by schaefller’s diagram shall be controlled between 3 to 10 percent. ﻣﻘﺪار ﻓﺮﻳﺖ )ﻫﻴﺪرواﻛﺴﻴﺪ آﻫﻦ( اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ11-2 VTr’54 ﺗﺎ3 در ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺷﺎﻓﻠﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ347 ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع . درﺻﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮدد10 ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-3 3. DESIGN ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ، ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ، ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ، ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ1-3 3.1 The design of shell, heads, nozzles, skirt and other parts within code jurisdiction shall be in accordance with ASME code section VIII Division 2 except as specified otherwise. For Cr-Mo alloy steel plates and forgings, the allowable stress intensity values used shall be that of normalized (with accelerated cooling) and tempered material. ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ در آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، 2 ﺑﺮاي ورﻗﻬﺎ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت.ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺷﺪت ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز،Cr-Mo آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﻓﻮﻻدي آﻟﻴﺎژ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺠﺎر ﺷﺪه )ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮدﺳﺎزي .ﺷﺘﺎب دار( و ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 71 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) √RT زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﻣﻌﺎدل2-3 3.2 When thermal gradients exceed 83°C in a distance equal to √RT where R and T are the radius and thickness of the vessel component in question, a thermal stress analysis shall be performed. The procedures of the ASME Code Section VIII Division 2 shall be used for this analysis. The thermal stress shall not exceed the minimum guaranteed yield strength of the material. ﺷﻌﺎع،T وR ﻛﻪ، درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻴﺸﻮد83 ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ،و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ، 2 دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺶ.دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻨﺶ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ.ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود .ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ 3.3 When approved by the Purchaser and when the vessel fabricator will guarantee strength properties, the maximum allowable stress in tension shall be the lowest of: وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه3-3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ،ﻇﺮف ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ را ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ :ﻣﺠﺎز در ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ a) 42.5% of the guaranteed tensile strength at room or design temperature, whichever strength is lower. درﺻﺪ از اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه42/5 (اﻟﻒ b) 66.7% of the guaranteed yield strength at room or design temperature, whichever strength is lower. درﺻﺪ از اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در66/7 ( ب c) The average stress to cause 1% creep in 100,000 hours. درﺻﺪ ﺧﺰش در1 ج ( ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ d) Two-thirds of the average, or 80% of the minimum, stress required to cause rupture in 100,000 hours, whichever is lower. درﺻﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ80 د ( دوﺳﻮم ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ،در دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ .اﺳﺖ . ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ،دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ . ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد100000 100000 ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ در . ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ،ﺳﺎﻋﺖ 3.4 A fatigue analysis shall be performed when the allowable stress in tension exceeds 33.3% of the guaranteed tensile strength. The procedure of ASME Code Section VIII Division 2 shall be used for this analysis. ﻳﻚ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز در4-3 درﺻﺪ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه33/3 ﻛﺸﺶ از ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد،ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد ASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، 2 دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺨﺶ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد 3.5 The acceptable types of nozzles for pressure vessels shall be the integral reinforced forging type and shall be welded to the shell and head as per Fig. UW 16-1 (a), (b), (c), (d), (f-1) to (f-4) and (g) and Fig. UHT-18.1 (e) and (f) and Fig. UHT- 18.2 (f) of the ASME Code Section VIII Division 1 as applicable. ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از5-3 ﻧﻮع آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ( وd) ،(c) ،(b) ،(a) ، UW 16-1 ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي ( و ﺷﻜﻞf) ( وe) ، UHT-18. ( و ﺷﻜﻞf-4) ( ﺗﺎf-1) آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، 1( از ﺑﺨﺶf) ،UHT- 18.2 . ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد، ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﺑﻮد، ASME For pressure vessels to be operated at temperatures 350°C (660°F) and over, the acceptable type of nozzles shall be the integral reinforced forging type as per (f-1) to (f-4) in Fig. UW 16.1 of the ASME Code Section VIII Division 1. The nozzle types of (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) in Fig. UW 16.1 and (f) in Fig. UHT18.1 may be used with approval provided that a smooth finish on the fillet weld and sharp درﺟﻪ350 ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ، درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ660) ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﻮع ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ UW 16.1 ( از ﺷﻜﻞf-4) ( ﺗﺎf-1) ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رودUHT-18.1 ( از ﺷﻜﻞf) و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﺮم روي ﺟﻮش ﮔﻮﺷﻪ و 72 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) corners are avoided. .ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد 3.6 The minimum inside corner radius for all openings shall be the lesser of the following: ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﮔﻮﺷﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ6-3 :ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ a) ¼ of the thickness of the vessel component penetrated. . ﻗﺴﻤﺖ داﺧﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف،ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ b) ¼ of the finished inside diameter of the opening. .ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺳﻮراخ 1 4 (اﻟﻒ 1 4 (ب 3 4 c) 19 mm (¾ in). .( ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) اﻳﻨﭻ19 ( ج 3.7 No exterior radius for attachments shall be less than 6 mm ( ¼ in.). 6 ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از7-3 3.8 Pressure vessels made of carbon steel, carbon - molybdenum, chromium-molybdenum low alloy steels (1 cr- ½Mo, 1¼ cr-½ Mo, 2¼ cr-1 Mo and 3 cr- 1 Mo) to be operated at temperatures of 350°C (660°F) and over, shall have a skirt joint construction as shown in Fig. 1. Skirt shall be jointed with full penetration weld from outside of the skirt by buildup welding or forged ring as shown in Fig. 1. ، ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ8-3 1 4 .ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ) اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﺮوم – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﻛــﻢ آﻟﻴﺎژ،ﻛﺮﺑﻦ – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ( 3cr-1Mo وcr-½Mo, 1¼cr-½ Mo, 2¼ cr-1Mo) درﺟﻪ660) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد350 ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل،ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ1 ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮش ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ رﻳﻨﮓ ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ در . ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد1 ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ب( ﻧﻮع ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ Fig. 1-SKIRT JOINT CONSTRUCTION ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ-1 ﺷﻜﻞ 73 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ9-3 3.9 The region of the bottom head-to skirt intersection shall be analyzed for membrane and bending stress intensities. The temperature distribution in this region, including the gradient down the skirt, shall be determined using design temperature inside the vessel, plus the insulating information furnished by the user or contractor. The stress analysis shall include effects of internal pressure, skirt loads and temperature distribution. .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺪت ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﺧﻤﺸﻲ و ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ،ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دﻣﺎ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف،ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺛﺮات ﻓﺸﺎر. ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﮔﺮدد،ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر . ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ و ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ دﻣﺎ را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد،داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺎت ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎي10-3 3.10 Attachment welds of all accessories such as plate lugs for platforms, ladders and others including internal support lugs and rings shall be continuous welds for heavy wall pressure vessels. Full penetration welds shall be employed as attachment welds for the vessels in hydrogen services. ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﻮﺷﻜﻬﺎ،ورق ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي.ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ،ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروژن .ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ، وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ11-3 3.11 When weld overlay clad is specified, the thickness of cladding shall not be included in design pressure calculations, but the minimum cladding thickness shall be included in calculating the hydrotest pressure, new and old. ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻇﺮف اﻣﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ،در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد در ﻧﻈﺮ، ﻧﻮ و ﻛﻬﻨﻪ،در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ .ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ-4 4. INTERNALS ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه، وﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ1-4 4.1 When materials are not specified, vendor’s proposals shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval. Vendor’s proposals to use materials alternative to those specified shall also be submitted to the Purchaser for review and approval. ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد.ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻣﻮاد اراﺋﻪ،ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ .ﮔﺮدد در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮري ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن2-4 4.2 Where Aluminized stainless steel screens are specified, aluminizing shall be applied by a high temperature diffusion process, "Alonizing" or equivalent process. Other aluminizing processes proposed shall be submitted for Purchaser’s approval. آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﺮدن،آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮذ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ "آﻟﻮﻧﻴﺰﻳﻨﮓ" ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎدل دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﺮدن.اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد 4.3 Free machining grades of steel are not permitted, except that type 416 nuts furnished to ASTM A-194 Gr 6F with selenium are acceptable for use with ASTM A-193 Gr B6 Bolts. ردهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺎن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ3-4 4.4 All bolting for internals shall be a minimum of 10 mm diameter. 10 ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ4-4 4.5 All bolting hardware shall be of the same type of material as the internal which they are connecting or which are being connected to ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ اﻓﺰارﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﺟﻨﺲ5-4 ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ416 ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﻨﻴﻮم ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ6F ردهASTM A 194 . ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖB6 ردهASTM A 193 ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي .ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن 74 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) support members. However, 12% Cr shall be used for carbon steel internals. ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ و . درﺻﺪ ﻛﺮوم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد12 ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ 4.6 All stainless steel type 300 series bolts and nuts shall have micro-coating to prevent ceasing and for ease of opening. 300 ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺳﺮي6-4 4.7 All removable internals shall be designed to permit installation and removal from the top side. ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺪاﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ7-4 4.8 Vessel internals which contribute to the total reactor height shall be designed for minimum height. Similar parts shall be interchangeable where possible. اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻞ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﮔﺬار8-4 4.9 Screens shall be attached on top of grids and catalyst support members to prevent inerts and catalyst from falling through holes or slot openings and blocking clearances in support members that are required for thermal expansion. ﺗﻮرﻳﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ و اﻋﻀﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه9-4 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻗﻔﻞ .ﺷﺪﮔﻲ و آﺳﺎن ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ از ﺑﺎﻻ را ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت.ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ .داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﺟﻠﻮي رﻳﺰش ﮔﻮﻫﺎي ﺧﻨﺜﻲ و ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﺎﻛﺪار و ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻘﻲﻫﺎ در اﻋﻀﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺴﺎط دﻣﺎﻳﻲ . را ﺑﮕﻴﺮد،ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺗﺤﺖ25 ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ روي ﻫﻢ اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ10-4 ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎ و ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد،ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ .داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و ﻧﺎزل ﭼﺎﻫﻚ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ11-4 4.10 A minimum of 25 mm overlap under the most adverse operating conditions shall be provided between the support ring and the O.D of trays, decks and grids. 4.11 Clearance between thermowell thermowell nozzle shall be minimum. and .ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮري12-4 4.12 Bed support grids shall be covered with wire screen. All layers of screen shall extend a minimum distance of 75 mm up the web section of the support beams and the vessel shell. ﻫﻤﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻮري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ.ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي روي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﺎن ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي75 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ .ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻇﺮف اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ13-4 4.13 All internals welded to the vessel shall be attached with full penetration welds. .ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف و ﻋﺎري از14-4 ، ﺗﺎب و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،اﺛﺮات ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻜﺶﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ .ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ رواداري ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ15-4 4.14 Surfaces of fabricated parts shall be smooth and free of dents/hammer marks, kinks and other defects, particularly in locations which might prevent close metal-to-metal fit. 4.15 Tolerances for fabrication and assembly of internals for heavy wall pressure vessels and reactors shall be in accordance with Table 1 below: ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ :ﻃﺒﻖ ﺟﺪول زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ 75 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) TABLE 1 - FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY TOLERANCES FOR INTERNALS OF HEAVYWALL PRESSURE VESSELS AND REACTORS روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪارﺿﺨﻴﻢ-1 ﺟﺪول TOLERANCES mm DESCRIPTION ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ رواداري ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Location of parts bolted to clips or brackets welded to reactor ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ اﺟﺰاءﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪه در ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ راﻛﺘﻮر Height of tubes chimneys, or weir notches above top of tray ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي دودﻛﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎي ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Distributor tray level: ±3 ±1.5 ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Reactor ID- ≤ 1200 mm (4 ft.) Reactor ID- >(1200 TO 2100 mm) 4 TO 7 ft. ( ﻓﻮت7) ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ1200ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮر ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي ±3 ( ﻓﻮت7 ﺗﺎ4) ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2100 ﺗﺎ1200 ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮر ±5 ( ﻓﻮت7) ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ2100 ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ راﻛﺘﻮر ±6 Reactor ID- > (2100 mm)7 ft. · Flatness for tray floor · Leveling for support ring · Clearance between tray and support ring and between tray and support beam ﻫﻤﻮاري ﻛﻒ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﺮازي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ±2 2 Max. ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه Deformation of support beam: 6 Max. ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه 1) Vertical ( ﻋﻤﻮدي1 3.2 Max. 2) Lateral ( ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ2 3.2 Max. Diameter of hole (except bolt hole) Triangular pitch of hole Clearance between section tray deck: (ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ ±0.1 زاوﻳﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﺜﻲ ﺳﻮراخ ±2.0 ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ 1) For perforated tray 2) For chimney tray ( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﻮراخ دار1 0, +3.0 ( ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي دودﻛﺸﻲ2 ±1.0 Distance between tray support ring and grid support ring, and between tray support ring and chimney tray ±2.0 ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ و ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي و ﺳﻴﻨﻲ دودﻛﺶ Clearance between sectional grids, and between grid and support beam 0, +1.6 ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺸﻲ و ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ و ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه Location of hole for catalyst drain pipe: 1) Orientation 2) Distance from vessel center line ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور Location of hole for quench pipe: 1) Orientation 2) Distance from vessel center line ( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي1 ±0.5° ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻇﺮف2 ±3.2 ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﺮد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آﻧﻲ ( ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي1 ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻇﺮف2 76 ±0.25° ±1.6 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﺷﺒﻜﻪ، ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺟﻮر ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ16-4 4.16 One tray, grid and deck of each diameter and type shall be assembled in the vessel at fabricator’s shop to the extent necessary to check fit-up. و ﻋﺮﺷﻪ از ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ و ﻧﻮع در داﺧﻞ ﻇﺮف در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه .ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻻزم ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد 4.17 All welds on internal parts shall be examined using N.D.T. Scope of examinations and tests shall be approved by the Purchaser. ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ روي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت17-4 4.18 Trays shall be leakage tested after installation in the erected reactor. Permissible leakage shall be uniformly distributed across the area tested. ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي در راﻛﺘﻮر ﻧﺼﺐ18-4 4.19 Quench nozzle spray pattern shall be tested with steam. اﻟﮕﻮي ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺳﺮدﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر19-4 داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ و. آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب .آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت. آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ﺷﺪه .ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ-5 5. FABRICATION ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ در ورﻗﻬﺎ و آﻫﻨﮕﺮيﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ رﻓﻊ دارﻧﺪ1-5 5.1 Defects requiring removal in plates and forgings shall be repaired by welding by the vessel fabricator in accordance with ASME pressure vessel code section VIII Division 2 requirements. The repair weld shall be examined by radiography and ultrasonic means. A record of all such repairs shall be maintained. ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر، VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،2 ﺑﺨﺶ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي. ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،ASME ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﭼﻨﻴﻦ.ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري و ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد .ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ 5.2 Where weld overlay cladding is specified, heads and nozzles shall also be overlay cladded except that heads lessthan 100 mm thick may be integral clad with material similar to the specified overlay. Such integral cladding shall be 100% ultrasonic examined for lack of disbond after forming. Unbonded areas shall be removed and repaired by weld overlay. در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه2-5 5.3 The weld overlay shall be applied circumferentially to the vessel and shall be relatively smooth with no notches and undercuts that would act as stress raisers. اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ در ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر3-5 ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روﻛﺶ اﻧﺪود ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ،اﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ100 ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از اﺳﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﺪم.ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺪدرﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ.آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﺷﻮد .اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ،ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺻﺎف و ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ و ﺷﻴﺎر . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ،ﻛﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در347 اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻧﻮع4-5 5.4 Stainless steel Type 347 weld overlay shall be applied after the vessel final post weld heat treatment if practical. Otherwise, weld overlay cladding (Type 347) of ring joint gasket grooves and other areas of high stress concentration shall be applied after final postweld heat treatment. ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود، در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت.ﻇﺮف اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ( ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻻﻳﻲ رﻳﻨﮕﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح347 ﺟﻮﺷﻲ )ﻧﻮع ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش .ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد 77 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﻫﻤﺴﻄﺢ و5-5 5.5 Nozzles shall be flush and ground smooth with the inside of the vessel wall to form a smooth rounded contour. ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ داﻳﺮوي ﻧﺮم را .ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻧﺮم ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزل را اﻳﺠﺎد .ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ External attachment welds of nozzles shall be ground to provide a smooth transition between head or shell and nozzle neck. ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري-6 6. WELDING 6.1 Welding procedure qualification test in strict accordance with the ASME Code Section IX and Purchaser’s requirements shall be performed. ً آزﻣﻮن ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري دﻗﻴﻘﺎ1-6 Records of such tests shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review. ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﭼﻨﻴﻦ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ .اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد 6.2 Production weld test plates are required when the vessel thickness exceeds 100 mm. At least one plate shall be prepared for each type of shell welding in each vessel. The plates shall be subjected to the total thermal treatment as the finished vessel. The test plates shall be prepared from material actually used in construction of the vessel having a thickness equal to the finished vessel thickness. Production weld test plate shall be made in accordance with ASME Code Section VIII, Division 2 and the Purchaser specification. ورﻗﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ2-6 و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪارIX ﻗﺴﻤﺖASME ﻃﺒﻖ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ .ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ. ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ، ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد100 ﻇﺮف از ﻳﻚ ورق ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻇﺮف ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ.ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ورﻗﻬﺎي. ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ، ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه،ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻨﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ واﻗﻌﺎً در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻇﺮف داراي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه،ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ،2 ورق آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ.ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪارASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ .ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد 6.3 Each test plate shall be subjected to charpy V-notch impact test in accordance with the ASME Code Section VIII Division 2 (At-203). Impact values shall conform to Paragraph 2.10 of this part of this Standard. 7 ﻫﺮ ورق آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺎف3-6 6.4 The weld overlay procedure shall be qualified on base metal of the same chemical composition as the vessel and thickness of not less than one half of the vessel thickness. Flaws on the surfaces of the base metal that would interfere with bonding of the overlay shall be removed by grinding. دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ورق ﭘﺎﻳﻪاي ﺑﺎ4-6 ( آﺋﻴﻦAt-203) VIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ، 2 ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺨﺶ،ﭼﺎرﭘﻲ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ. ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮدASME ﻧﺎﻣﻪ . از اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ10-2 ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮف و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از درزﻫﺎي روي.ﻧﺼﻒ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻇﺮف ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﻧﺪود دﺧﺎﻟﺖ .ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ رﻓﻊ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ-7 7. INSPECTION AND TESTING ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي1-7 7.1 Visual and Dimensional Inspection The following areas shall be visually and dimensionally inspected. Acceptance of results shall be according to the relative drawings and specifications. .ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ .ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد 7.1.1 Fit-up of category A (shell to head), B )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪA ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺟﻮر ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ1-1-7 78 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) (shell to shell) and D (nozzles to shell and heads) joints and skirt to bottom head joint. )ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ وD )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ( وB ﻛﻠﮕﻲ( و .ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ( و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ 7.1.2 As built dimensions of pressure bearing parts. . ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر2-1-7 . ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت3-1-7 7.1.3 As built dimensions of attachments. 7.1.4 Visual inspection of internal surface of vessel. . ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف4-1-7 7.1.5 Visual inspection of full area of first layer weld overlay cladding. ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ي روﻛﺶ5-1-7 .ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري2-7 7.2 Radiographic Examination The following welds shall be radiographic examined to the extent specified. Radiographic examination shall be in accordance with article I-5 of the ASME Code Section VIII Division 2. ﺟﻮش ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري.آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ2 ﺑﺨﺶI-5 ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺎده . اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮدASME 7.2.1 100% of category A,B and D joints in shell and heads. در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪD وB,A درﺻﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ100 1-2-7 7.2.2 Repair weld in base metal having a depth over 10 mm. ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي در ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داراي ﻋﻤﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ2-2-7 7.2.3 100% of Cr-Mo to Cr-Mo butt joint within the skirt (longitudinal and girth seams). درﺻﺪ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ100 7.2.4 One spot per each seam of Cr-Mo to carbon steel and carbon steel to carbon steel within the skirt. ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد- ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ از ﻫﺮ درز ﻛﺮوم4-2-7 .و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ . ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ10 از 3-2-7 ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ- ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺮوم-ﻛﺮوم .()درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ .ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ داﺧﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت3-7 7.3 Ultrasonic Examination The following areas shall be ultrasonically inspected. Ultrasonic inspection shall be in accordance with the ASME Code Section V and Section VIII Division 2, Paragraphs AM203.1 and, AM-203.2. ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ.ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ وAM-2.3.1 ﻓـــــﺮاﺻﻮت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﺎراﮔـــﺮاﻓﻬﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردVIII وV ﻗﺴﻤﺖ2 ﺑﺨﺶAM-2.3.2 . اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮدASME 7.3.1 Steel plates or plate like forgings such as shell rings after final machining. ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻳﺎ ورق ﺷﺒﻪ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻧﻈﻴﺮ1-3-7 7.3.2 All forged materials except plate-like forgings such as forged nozzles after machininig. ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ورق ﺷﺒﻪ2-3-7 7.3.3 Head plates before hot forming (100% scanning). ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم )ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ3-3-7 7.3.4 100% scanning of head plates after hot forming and heat treatment. درﺻﺪي ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ100 اﺳﻜﻦﻛﺮدن4-3-7 .ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﺪ از .ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري .( درﺻﺪ100 .از ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﮔﺮم و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ 79 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) 7.3.5 Cr-Mo skirt plate after heat treatment (100% scanning) ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﻌﺪ از- ورق ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻛﺮوم5-3-7 7.3.6 Carbon steel skirt plate, base plate and compression ring after heat treatment (230 mm grid scanning). ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ، ورق ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ6-3-7 .( درﺻﺪ100 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ) ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ) ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ .( ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي230 در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ وD وB,A درﺻﺪ اﺗﺼﺎل دﺳﺘﻪ100 7-3-7 7.3.7 100% of category A,B and D joint in shell and heads after final postweld heat treatment (PWHT) and after hydrostatic testing. ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ . ( و ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲPWHT) 7.3.8 100% of attachment weld of skirt to bottom head and longitudinal seams of Cr-Mo steel skirt after PWHT. درﺻﺪ ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ و100 8-3-7 7.3.9 Repair welds in base metal after PWHT. For repair welds in base metal having a depth 10 mm and less, the repair weld shall also be ultrasonically inspected before PWHT. PWHT ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي در ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از9-3-7 ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن- درزﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻛﺮوم . PWHT ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ10 ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي در ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺟﻮش ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻗﺒﻞ از،ﻛﻤﺘﺮ . ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮدPWHT 7.3.10 Overlay cladding of shells and heads including weld joint overlay after cladding and after PWHT. روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ10-3-7 7.3.11 Weld overlay cladding of nozzles with inside diameter 200 mm and larger after cladding and after PWHT. روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ11-3-7 7.3.12 Weld build-up deposit of low alloy steel material after final machining. رﺳﻮب ﺳﺎﺧﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﻮش ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ12-3-7 ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻧﺪود اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺑﻌﺪ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري و ﺑﻌﺪ از .PWHT . PWHT ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري و200 .ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎري ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ4-7 7.4 Magnetic Particle Inspection The following areas shall be magnetic particle inspected. Magnetic particle inspection shall be in accordance with ASME Code Section V and Section VIII Division 2 article 9-2. .ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روش ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد 2 ﺑﺨﺶ2-9 ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ذره ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺎده . اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮدASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪV و ﻗﺴﻤﺖVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ 7.4.1 Welding edges (Bevels) for category A,B and D joints. B,A ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش )ﭘﺦﻫﺎ( ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ1-4-7 7.4.2 Back gouged surfaces of category A,B and D joints and skirt to bottom head joint. B,A ﺳﻄﻮح ﺣﻔﺮ ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺸﺖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ2-4-7 7.4.3 All inside surfaces of category A,B and D joints prior to weld overlay cladding. D وB,A ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ3-4-7 7.4.4 All outside surfaces of category A,B and D joints and attachment weld of skirt to bottom head after PWHT and hydrostatic testing. D وB,A ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﻪ4-4-7 .D و . و اﺗﺼﺎل داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒDو .ﻗﺒﻞ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ وPWHT و ﺟﻮش ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ از .آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻤــﺎم اﺗــﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷــﻲ )درزﻫــﺎي ﭘﻴﺮاﻣــﻮﻧﻲ و5-4-7 7.4.5 All weld joints (circumferential and 80 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) longitudinal seams) in the skirt both inside and outside after PWHT. ﻃﻮﻟﻲ( در ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﻫـﻢ داﺧـﻞ و ﻫـﻢ ﺧـﺎرج ﺑﻌـﺪ از .PWHT 7.4.6 The areas where temporary attachment welds have been removed. The areas shall also be examined after final PWHT. ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺪا6-4-7 7.4.7 Repaired areas (if any) shall be examined after final PWHT. ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از7-4-7 7.4.8 External attachment welds shall be examined after final PWHT. PWHT ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از8-4-7 ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲPWHT اﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از.ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ .آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ . ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪPWHT .ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ5-7 7.5 Liquid Penetrant Examination The undermentioned parts and areas shall be liquid penetrant examined according to the ASME Code Section V and Section VIII Division 2 article 9-2. ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ و ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ ذﻛﺮ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ،2 ﺑﺨﺶ2-9 و ﺑﻨﺪV ﻗﺴﻤﺖ . ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪASME 7.5.1 Full area of final weld overlay cladding of shell and heads after cladding and after PWHT. ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ1-5-7 7.5.2 Gasket seating surfaces of nozzles after final machining and also after PWHT. ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري2-5-7 7.5.3 Inside surface of attachment welds of skirt to bottom head after PWHT. ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ3-5-7 7.5.4 All internal attachment welds shall be examined after PWHT. ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از4-5-7 7.5.5 Repaired areas (if any) shall be examined after PWHT. ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه )اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از5-5-7 .PWHT ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري و ﺑﻌﺪ از .PWHT ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﺪ از .PWHT ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ از . آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪPWHT . آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮدPWHT آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ6-7 7.6 Hardness Test ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ، آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ روي ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﻮش1-6-7 7.6.1 Hardness test on weld metal, base metal and heat affected zones shall be performed after PWHT as per the followings: ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮPWHTﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از :اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد 7.6.2 One per each weld seam between shell and shell and shell and head. ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ درز ﺟﻮش ﻣﻴﺎن ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ2-6-7 7.6.3 One per each size and each WPS for nozzle attachment weld of heads and shell. ﺑﺮايWPS ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﻫﺮ3-6-7 .ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ .ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎزل ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ7-7 7.7 Chemical Analysis آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻓﺮﻳﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪودﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ. ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮدPWHT و اﻳﻦASME آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪII ﻗﺴﻤﺖC ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺑﺨﺶ .اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Chemical analysis of base metal welds and chemical analysis and ferrite check of weld overlay cladding shall be made before PWHT as per the following. Acceptance shall be per ASME Code Section II Part C and this Standard. 81 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ1-7-7 7.7.1 For base metal a) One per each circumferential weld seam between shell and shell and shell and head. اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ درز ﺟﻮش ﭘﻴﺮاﻣﻮﻧﻲ b) One per each nozzle attachment weld of shell and head. ب( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎزل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ .و ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺑﺮاي روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ2-7-7 7.7.2 For weld overlay cladding: .اﻟﻒ( دو آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ a) Two per each shell course; .ب ( دو آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ b) Two per each head; .ج ( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ درز ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ c) One per each girth seam; .د ( ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎزل از داﺧﻞ ﻧﺎزل d) One per each nozzle size from inside the nozzle; ﻫ( ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ e) One per gasket seating surface of each nozzle size. اﻧﺪازه ﻧﺎزل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ8-7 7.8 Hydrostatic Testing 7.8.1 Heavy wall pressure vessels shall be hydrostatic tested in accordance with the ASME Code Section VIII Division 2 Paragraph AT-301. ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ1-8-7 7.8.2 The vessel metal temperature during hydrostatic test shall be 21°C minimum. دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻇﺮف در ﻃﻮل آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ2-8-7 7.8.3 Water used for testing heavy wall cladded pressure vessels shall contain not more than 30 ppm chloride ﻛﻠﺮاﻳﺪ آب ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺮوف3-8-7 آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪVIII ﻗﺴﻤﺖ2 ﺑﺨﺶAT-301 ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف . آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪASME . درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ21 ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺟﺪار ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از . ﺑﺎﺷﺪ30ppm 82 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ APPENDICES ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ APPENDIX A ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در GENERALLY USED MATERIALS IN OIL REFINERY SERVICES ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ TEMPERATURE, °C MATERIAL SERVICE دﻣﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺟﻨﺲ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد 0-400 C or C-Mn Steel Non or mildly corrosive ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻣﻼﻳﻢ **See Nelson curves )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻠﺴﻮن را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ** **See Nelson curves )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻠﺴﻮن را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(** ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﮔﻮﮔﺮدي در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن 7ﺑﺎر ﻣﻄﻠﻖ و دﻣﺎ 260درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ≤350 Oil containing sulfur Compounds if hydrogen Partial pressure ³ 7 bar abs. and temperature ³ 260°C C or C-Mn Steel Pressure vessels in crude Distillers, where temperature of feed at inlet of column does not exceed 350°C )(outlet temperature of furnace maximum 355°C )ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي ( ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ،ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺧﻮراك در ورودي ﺳﺘﻮن از 350درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد زﻳﺎدﺗﺮ ﻧﺸﺪه )ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻛﻮره 355درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( ≤330 C or C-Mn Steel ≥330 ≤400 ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي ≥400≤500 C or C-Mn Steel Base material with Type 405 or 410 S Cladding ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻧﻮع 405ﻳﺎ 410S Steel base material with 410 S Cladding ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري410S ≤230 ≥230 ≤ 400 Max. allowable temperature is dependent on hydrogen partial pressure, ** see Nelson curves ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ )ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻠﺴﻮن را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(** ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در واﺣﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم و ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺧﻮراك در ورودي ﺳﺘﻮن از 350 درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﭘﻴﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد )دﻣﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ از ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﻻي 355درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( Oil containing naphthenic acids C or C-Mn Steel ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوي اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻨﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي C or C-Mn Steel Base material ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﺰي ≥400 ≤ 500 Pressure vessels in units other than crude distillers, and pressure vessels in crude distillers where temperature of feed at inlet of column exceeds 350°C )(outlet temperature of furnace over 355°C with AISI 316L Cladding ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎريAISI 316L Steel Base material with type 410 S Cladding ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎ روﻛﺸﻜﺎري ﻧﻮع 410S Oil with acids value ³ 0.5 mg KOH/g oil in addition to sulfur compounds ﻧﻔﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار اﺳﻴﺪ 0/5ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮم ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﭘﺘﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ 1ﮔﺮم ﻧﻔﺖ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﮔﻮﮔﺮدي For oil containing naphthenic acids with Neutralization No. 0.3-0.5 mg KOH/g ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺘﻨﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺳﺎزي 0/3ﺗﺎ 0 0/5 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﮕﺮم ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﭘﺘﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ 1ﮔﺮم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ Hydrogen service ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻴﺪروژن Steel ﻓﻮﻻد *** 1CR-0.5 Mo Steel ﻓﻮﻻد 1ﻛﺮوم 0/5-ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن **Cr-Mo Steel Base material with Type 321/347 Cladding ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻧﻮع 316/321 **Cr-Mo Steel Base material with Type 316 L Cladding ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﺮوم – ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن( ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻧﻮع316 L Platformer reactors راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺳﻜﻮدار دﻳﻮار ﺧﻨﻚ دﻳﻮار ﮔﺮم Cold wall Hot wall Hydrodesulphurizer/Hydrotreater Reactors راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺗﺒﺎدل ﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﻴﺪروژن/ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرزداﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن Hydrodesulphurizer/Hydrotreater Reactors for feedstock containing naphthenic acid راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎي ﺗﺒﺎدل ﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﺪروژن )ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرزداﻳﻲ ﻫﻴﺪروژن( ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮراك ﻣﺤﺘﻮي اﺳﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺘﻨﻴﻚ Note: ** API Pub. 941 *** Min. 1.0% Cr ﻳﺎدآوري: ** ﻧﺸﺮﻳﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره API 941 *** ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ 1درﺻﺪ ﻛﺮوم 83 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX B ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب MATERIALS FOR PRESSURE PARTS FOR NORMAL SERVICE ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاي ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ PARTS UP TO 427°C (800°F) اﺟﺰاء ( درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ800 ) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد427 ﺗﺎ Shells, heads conicals, etc. ﻏﻴﺮه،ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ، ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ Flanges ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ Nozzle necks ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل Large size nozzle neck and M.H. neck ASTM A 285 Gr. C ASTM A 515 Gr. 60 ASTM A 516 Gr. 60 ASTM A 516 Gr. 70 ASTM A 105, A 181 ASTM A 106 Gr. B, A 53 Same material as shell ﮔﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزل ﺑﺰرگ و ﮔﺮدﻧﻲ آدم رو Bolts and nuts ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ 84 ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ASTM A 193 Gr. B7 AND A 194 Gr. 2H 85 ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻇﺮف ﻗﻄﺮداﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ 2 directions 2 for each saddle 1 for each supporting lug 1 point on 4 datum lines 1 point each 1 point each 1 point each 1 point on 4 datum lines Anchor bolt hole circle diameter ﻗﻄﺮ داﻳﺮه ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺎر T.L. : Tangent Line Date _________________ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Sign. and Stamp _______________ اﻣﻀﺎء و ﻣﻬﺮ 4 perpendicular directions اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه Dimension measured ﻗﻀﺎوت Judgment 2 از1 ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ DIMENSIONS INSPECTION RECORD FOR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS 1/2 :ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد T.L.:ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮﻫﻢ4 ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ دو ﺟﻬﺖ دو ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ روي ﭼﻬﺎرﺧﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ روي ﭼﻬﺎرﺧﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮاﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ 1 point for each end of shell course ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )دوﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي4 (ﻛﻮرس ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و دوﺗﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ directions for an end of shell coarse and 2 for another end) ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ 4 perpendicular directions per each shell course (2 1 point Locations to be measured ﻣﺤﻞ و ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ آدم روﻫﺎ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط1 point each ﻣﺒﻨﺎ Position and orientation of nozzles and manholes from T.L. or datum lines ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ Distance between bolt hole center to center of saddles ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮف اﻓﻘﻲ Height of saddles for horizontal vessel ﻣﺤﻞ از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺗﺎ ﻛﻒ ﮔﻮﺷﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه Location from T.L. to bottom of supporting lug ارﺗﻔﺎع ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻣﻨﻲ )از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ﺗﺎ ورق ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه Height of skirt (from T.L. to base plate) (اﺧﺘﻼف ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ )از ﺧﺎرج از ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ (from outside of shell) Difference of height of instrument nozzles flange faces ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ Center distance between instrument nuzzles ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس Flange face or center of top or bottom nozzle to T.L. Bow of vessel Average inside diameter of shell ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺪوري ﻣﺠﺎز ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي Record of Detail measured dimensions shall be attached Notes: 14 13 12 11 ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻤﺎس Permissible out - of – roundness of cylindrical shell Distance between T.L. ﺷﺮح Descriptions APPENDIX C MANUFACTURE’S INSPECTION RECORD 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ﺷﻤﺎره No :mm) :واﺣﺪ (UNIT Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه No 86 Up to 2500 Over 2500 to 4000 Over 4000 ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ روي ﻧﻮار ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ Distance between bolt-holes on bolt-strip from center to center ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ Distance from bolt-strip to inner surface of shell or distance from bolt-strip to datum line (ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس Height of upper surface of tray support-ring (from tangent line) Space between tray support-rings ﺗﺮازﺑﻮدن ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ Inner Dia. ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳـﻄﺢ ﺑـﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧـﺪه ﺣﻠﻘـﻮي (ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )از ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس Sign. and Stamp _______________ اﻣﻀﺎء و ﻣﻬﺮ Date _________________ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Notes: Record of Detail measured dimensions shall be attached ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد 5 ﺷﺮح Levelness of tray support-rings Descriptions Locations to be measured ًاﻳﻀﺎ ًاﻳﻀﺎ اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻗﻀﺎوت Judgment 2 از2ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﺶ ﻧﺒﻴﻦ DIMENSIONS INSPECTION RECORD FOR UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS 2/2 ﻳﺎدآوري ﺷﻮد ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮار ﭘﻴﭻ)ﺑﺎﻻ و 2 points for each bolt-atrip (Top and bottom of each boltstrip to be measured) Ditto Ditto ﺷﺶ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي 6 points in equal distance ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي 5 point in equal distance ﭼﻬﺎرﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي 4 points in equal distance ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ:واﺣﺪ APPENDIX C( continued) 4 3 2 1 ﺷﻤﺎره e so Measured (UNIT: mm) Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) (ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج)اداﻣﻪ Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX D ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري :ﺧﺮﻳﺪار PURCHASER: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ ITEM No: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر JOB CODE No: :اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه USER: :ﭘﺮوژه PROJECT: :ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ EQUIPMENT: APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC: : آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ P.O. No: Radiation source ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ X-RAY : اﺷﻌﻪ اﻳﻜﺲ: X-RAY (up to 400 kVP) ( kVP400 اﺷﻌﻪ اﻳﻜﺲ ) ﺗﺎ Gama-RAY : اﺷﻌﻪ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ: Source size :ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه MANUFACTURER: Iridium اﻳﺮﻳﺪﻳﻮم Linear accelerator ﺷﺘﺎبدﻫﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﻲ Cobalt ﻛﺒﺎﻟﺖ other ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد Other ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد اﻧﺪازه ﭼﺸﻤﻪ Voltage and amperage وﻟﺘﺎژ و آﻣﭙﺮ Source Activity (Ci (ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺸﻤﻪ)ﻛﻴﻮري Unsharpness (Ug) ﻋﺪم وﺿﻮح Source – Film Distance ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ Film type ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﻠﻢ Screen type ﻧﻮع اﺳﻜﺮﻳﻦ IQI (Image Quality Index) ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ Radiographic technique روش ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري Location examined, weld no., thickness, film no. or film mark Panoramic Single wall Single image Double wall Single image Double wall Double image ( ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ )ﭼﺸﻤﻪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﻚ دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ دو دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ دو دﻳﻮاره دو ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ، ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﻮش،ﻣﺤﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺷﻤﺎره ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎري،ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ Judgement ﻗﻀﺎوت Date : ……………………….. ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Sign and stamp: ………….…………….. ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ 87 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX E ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت :ﺧﺮﻳﺪار PURCHASER: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ ITEM No: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر JOB CODE No: :اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه USER: :ﭘﺮوژه PROJECT: Type of equipment ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ Brand name : Method Transducer type روش ﻧﻮع ﻣﺒﺪل Angle beam ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪاي Straight beam ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ Reference sensitivity :ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه MANUFACTURER: Type : : ﻧﺎم ﺗﺠﺎري Transducer frequency (MHz) (ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺒﺪل)ﻣﮕﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ Basic calibration block Identification ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ :آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ P.O. No: :ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ EQUIPMENT: Transducer size :ﻧﻮع Transducer material Reflection angle Remarks ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺒﺪل زاوﻳﻪ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺒﺪل Calibration block for pipe Identification ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه Reference hole and sensitivity ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ و ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ Angle beam method روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار Straight beam method روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ Scanning sensitivity ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮداري Angle beam method روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار Straight beam Method روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ Oil Coupling medium (ﺳﻴﺎل واﺳﻂ )ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ Surface condition وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ Water Glycerin روﻏﻦ ﮔﻠﻴﺴﻴﺮﻳﻦ آب As ground Other ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد Other ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد From outside Scanning direction ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﻜﻦﻛﺮدن Angle beam method روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار از ﺧﺎرج Perpendicular to weld Parallel to weld Straight beam method روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ Location examined Judgment ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻀﺎوت From inside از داﺧﻞ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات ﺟﻮش From outside From inside از ﺧﺎرج از داﺧﻞ See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ Date : ……………………….. ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Sign and stamp: ………….…………….. ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ 88 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX F ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ و MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ :ﺧﺮﻳﺪار PURCHASER: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ ITEM No: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر JOB CODE No: :اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه USER: :ﭘﺮوژه PROJECT: :ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ EQUIPMENT: APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC: :آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ P.O. No: Stage of examination Prepared edge ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ :ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه MANUFACTURER: After P.W.H.T Other P.W.H.T ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻟﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد As Welded After hydro test ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه Surface preparation Grinding آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ Instrument Mag. Method اﺑﺰار روش ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ Calibration ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﻛﺮدن Prod. Space ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮود Current Test temperature Particle ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ Machining As welded ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري Other ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد Type ﻧﻮع Yoke Prod Other ﻳﻮك ﭘﺮود ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد mm AC DC ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ …….. (Amp) at ………….(V) دﻣﺎي آزﻣﻮن ذره Dry Wet ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب Black Brown ﺳﻴﺎه ﻗﻬﻮهاي Fluorescent ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ Location examined ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ Result See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ Date : ……………………….. ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Sign and stamp: ………….…………….. ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ 89 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX G ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ز MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION RECORD FOR LIQUID PENETRANT EXAMINATION ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ :ﺧﺮﻳﺪار PURCHASER: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ ITEM No: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر JOB CODE No: :اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه USER: :ﭘﺮوژه PROJECT: Stage of examination :ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه MANUFACTURER: Prepared edge ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ :آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC: :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ P.O. No: :ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ EQUIPMENT: After P.W.H.T Other P.W.H.T ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻟﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد As Welded After hydro test ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه Surface preparation Grinding آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ Machining ﻧﺎﻓﺬ As welded ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري Type Penetrant ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد Visible Fluorescent ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﻳﺪن ﻧﻮع Application ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ Brushing Spraying ﺑﺮس زدن ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد Temperature °C دﻣﺎ Removal Other اﻓﺸﺎﻧﺪن Penetration (dwell) Time (زﻣﺎن ﻧﻔﻮذ) ﻣﺎﻧﺪ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد Water washable penetrants ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن min. دﻗﻴﻘﻪ Dry developer ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ آب ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﺸﻚ Developing Post emulsifying penetrants ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺛﺎﻧﻮي Wet developer ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻇﻬﻮر ﻣﺮﻃﻮب Solvent removal penetrants ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺣﻼل Location examined See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ See attached detail record ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ Result ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ Date : ……………………….. ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Sign and stamp: ………….…………….. ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ 90 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX H ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ح PRESSURE VESSEL SPECIFICATION ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر PROJECT----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ﭘﺮوژه VESSEL NAME------------ ------------- TAG No. ---------------------------------------------------------- اﺳﻢ ﻇﺮف------------------------------------- ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ----------------------------------------------------SERVICE------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------------ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد I DESIGN DATA داده ﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲI VESSEL SKETCH ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻇﺮف Diameter ……………..mm - Length …………………..…..T.L.-T.L. mm ﻗﻄﺮ-----------------ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ-ﻃﻮل----------------T.L.-T.Lﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Design pressure………KPa - Design temperature……...............……..….. °C ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ---------ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل-دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ-----------------درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد Max oper. Pressure…...................…KPa - MAX oper. Temperature…….............……°C ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ--------- ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل- ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ-------درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد Orientation – Vertical……..….. - Horizontal…………........................….……….……. ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪ اي- ﻋﻤﻮدي---------- اﻓﻘﻲ------------------------------Service - Sour ………………..............……... - Sweet…………..…….……………….… ﺗﺮش-ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد--------------------------ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ------------------------Wind velocity…………...........................................................................................…….……….Km/hr ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎد---------------------------------------------ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ Corrosion allowance- Shell……mm - Internals………….................................…..…..mm ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز- ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ--------------- ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ- اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ--------------ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Insulation - Type…………………… - Thickness………………….……… mm ﻋﺎﻳﻖ- ﻧﻮع-----------------------ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ------------------------ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Code……………….………………….…Stamp……………........………..…..……….. آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ-------------------------ﻣﻬﺮ---------------------------Stress - Relieved…………………..RT……………...................………….…………. ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه------------------ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻧﮕﺎري----------------------------Certificate…….…………………… Drawings……….……..............................…..……… ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ---------------------ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ-----------------------------II MATERIAL’S SPECIFICATION ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮادII Shell -------------------------------------------------------.ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ Head-----------------.Head type ---------------------------------- ﻛﻠﮕﻲ-------------------ﻧﻮع ﻛﻠﮕﻲ--------------------------------Internals ------------------Trays ---------------------------------- اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ----------------ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ---------------------------------Supports ----------------- Reinforcing pad---------------------- ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ---------------------ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ-----------------------Nozzles ----------- Flanges --------------------------------------- ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ-------------ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ--------------------------------------Fittings---------------------------------------------------- اﺗﺼﺎﻻت Gaskets ----------------------------------------------------ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎ Nuts -----------------Bolts .------------------------------------- ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎ--------------ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ--------------------------------------Paint-------------------------------------------------------- رﻧﮓ 91 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ III ACCESSORIES ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲIII IPS-G-ME-150(1) IV NOZZLE SCHEDULE ﺟﺪول ﻧﺎزلIV REQ. REMARKS NAME ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت اﺳﻢ No. ﺷﻤﺎره SERVICE SIZE RATING FACING ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد اﻧﺪازه رده ﺳﻄﺢ Trays ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ Ladder (caged / non through caged) (ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن)ﺣﻔﺎظ دار ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺣﻔﺎظ Platforms ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ Saddles ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ Base plate ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ Vessel support ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻇﺮف Insulation ring ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ Overhead pipe support ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي Inlet tangent baffle ﺟﻬﺖدﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﺎﺳﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن Nozzle projection ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ ﻧﺎزل Vortex breaker ﮔﺮداب ﺷﻜﻦ Platform davit ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﺳﻜﻮ Manhole davit ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو Mist eliminator ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻪ Support ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه Remarks: :ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ :ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ :ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ :وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ Prepared by: Date: Drawing no: Revision: 92 :ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ 1- APPENDIX I ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ط VESSEL TRAYS TOLERANCES FOR FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ 5- Tray supports must present a flat surface for metal to metal contact between tray and support. ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺻﺎف را ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﻨﺪ Support shall be flat within 1.0 on any 300 chord for tray supports and tray decks out of level tolerance over any diameter shall be: ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧـﺪهﻫـﺎي300 درﻫﺮ1 ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﺳﻴﻨﻲ و ﻋﺮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ رواداري ﺧﺎرج از ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ در ﻫـﺮ ﻗﻄـﺮي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ .ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ Maximum joint opening between deck plates and beams of support rings for perforated jet or valve trays: ±0.5 ﺣــﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻫﺎﻧــﻪ اﺗــﺼﺎل ﺑــﻴﻦ ﺻــﻔﺤﺎت ﻛــﻒ و-1 ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘـﻮي ﺑـﺮاي ﺳـﻴﻨﻲﻫـﺎي ﺟﺖ ﺳﻮراخدار ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮدار 2- : ارﺗﻔﺎع دودﻛﺶ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺣﺒـﺎﺑﻲ ﺑـﺎﻻي ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ-2 ± 1/5 Height of slots in bubble caps 1500 and under 3 Over 1500 to 2500 4.5 Over 2500 to 4000 6 Over 4000 to 6000 9 Over 6000 to 8000 12 Over 8000 to 10000 15 Over 10000 (*1) (*1) shall be specified individually ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد1*) 6- Far side of tower to weir ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺎري ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮج ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ-6 above top of tray: ±1.5 ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ در ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ-3 ± 1/5 4- Tolerance رواداري Tower Diameter ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج Height of bubble cap chimney above top of tray: ±1.5 3- IPS-G-ME-150(1) Downcormer horizontal Tolerance رواداري Tower Diameter ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج clearances (measured from bottom edge of downcorner to recessed seal pan or inlet weir): ﺧﻂ ﻣﻤﺎس ±3 1500 and under ±3 Over 1500 to 4000 ±6 Over 4000 ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎز اﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ )اﻧﺪازه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه-4 از ﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﻒ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻮدي ﺗﺸﺘﻚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ± 3 ورودي ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ اﺑﻌﺎدﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ Description Tolerance ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت رواداري Tolerances not shown on drawing: روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ 1. Location of parts bolted to clips or brackets welded to tower by others ﻣﺤﻞ اﺟﺰاي ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﻪ-1 ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻟﭽﻜﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮج ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻳﮕﺮان 93 7- Height of weir above tray support ring: ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ-7 ±1.5 for I.D up to 3,000 3000 ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ± 1/5 ±3.0 for I.D 3,000 over 3000 ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي± 3 8- Top of weir plate out of level across length of weir ﺑﺎﻻي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج از ارﺗﻔﺎﻋﻲ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ-8 Tower Diameter ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺮج 1500 and under Over 1500 to 4000 Over 4000 ±3 ±(0.0025I.D) Tolerance رواداري ±3 ±4.5 ±6 9- Tolerance top of support to top of support ring of tray or related parts رواداري ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧـﺪه ﺣﻠﻘـﻮي ﺳـﻴﻨﻲ ﻳـﺎ اﺟـﺰاء-9 ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ±1.5 per 300, Max. ±3 ± 3 ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ،300 ﺑﺮ± 1/5 10-Location of tray support ring from reference plane: ±10 ±10 : ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ از ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ-10 11- Bottom of downcormer above tray of seal pan support ring: ±3 ± 3 : ﻛﻒ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺗﺸﺘﻚ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ-11 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ي APPENDIX J ﺗﻴﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺎز OPEN STRUCTURE SUPPORT BEAM اﻟﻒ( ﺷﺮح ﻛﻠﻲ ب( ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ 100 94 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ك APPENDIX K ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ TRAY SUPPORT RINGS ﻧﻮع :Iﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ For columns in which an instantaneous pressure surge is not expected. ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري For columns in which an instantaneous pressure surge may occur, e.g. vacuum columns, main crude oil columns and strippers. اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻧﻤﻴﺮود. ﻧﻮع :II ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رخ دﻫﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎي ﺧﻼء و ﺑﺮج ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎم اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻋﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺎزﻫﺎ. ﻧﻮع II TYPE I TYPE II ﻧﻮع I دﻳﻮار ﺑﺮج دﻳﻮار ﺑﺮج ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﻮش ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺑﺎ داﺧﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﻫﺮدو ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل ﺟﻮش ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب 50 ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ 150ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞMin. اﺳﻤﻲNom. Tray support ring size B × A mm ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي ﺳﻴﻨﻲ اﻧﺪازه ) B × Aﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( Size C, mm 18 25 25 30 40 × 8 50 × 8 800 to 2500 25 25 30 35 35 40 60 × 8 75 × 8 85 × 8 ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲindividual design 2500 to 3500 3500 to 5000 5000 to 7000 7000و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ 7000 and over 30 48 40 58 85 × 8 100 × 12 اﻧﺪازه ID of column mm ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج)ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( All trays, except draw-off trays ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ﺗﺎ *800 *Up to 800 ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻨﺪه Draw-off trays 800 to 6000 6000 and over ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻠﻲ 3ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز در اﺑﻌﺎد Aﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ. A total of 3 mm corrosion allowance has been included in dimension A. *ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺮده اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد. * Normally stacked trays to be used. 95 )IPS-G-ME-150(1 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ل APPENDIX L ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎ TRAYS SPECIFICATION SHEET DATE REV. ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻛﺎرJOB NO. ---------------------- ---------- Δ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢITEM NO. ------------------ ---------- Δ ---------- Δ ﻣﺮﺟﻊREF. ----------------------------- SHEET -------OF-------- ----از -------ﺻﻔﺤﻪDATE -------BY-------- ---------- Δ ﺷﻤﺎره درﺧﻮاﺳﺖENQUIRY NO. -------- ---------- Δ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪP.O. NO. ------------ ---------- Δ -------از ------ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﭘﺮوژه Project ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد Service )Tower inside diameter (mm ﻗﻄﺮداﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( Total trays in section ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ در ﺑﺨﺶ )Tray space (mm ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ )ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( Number of liquid passes ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮔﺬرﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر) (/ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﺑﺎر( )) / Tray (bar ( Max ΔP Type of trays ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻴﻨﻲ )ﻳﺎدآوري (1 )Internal conditions at tray number (Note 1 ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Vapor to tray ﻣﻴﺰان)ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )Rate (Kg/hr ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ)ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ( ﻓﺸﺎر )ﺑﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ()ﺑﺎرﻣﻄﻠﻖ( ) Density (kg/m3 )Pressure (barg) (bara. دﻣﺎ) درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( Temperature ºC ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺳﻴﻨﻲ Liquid from tray ﻣﻴﺰان) ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي )ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻓﻮم )Rate (Kg/hr )Viscosity (mPa.s Foaming tendency Mechanical data داده ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﻄﺮاﺳﻤﻲ آدمرو )ﻳﺎدآوري(2 )Tower manhole N.D (NOTE 2) (mm Material ﺟﻨﺲ Deck ﻋﺮﺷﻪ Cap ﻛﻼﻫﻚ 96 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) Nuts & Bolts ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ Support ring ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي Deck thickness (mm) ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ Support ring width &THK. (mm) ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ و ﻋﺮض ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺣﻠﻘﻮي Downcomer bolt bar THK. (mm) ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻳﺰ Corrosion allowance ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز Trays (mm) ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ Tower attachments (mm) ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺑﺮج Trays installed from top or bottom ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه از ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ Trays membered from top or bottom Note 1: ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ Internal vapor and liquid loadings at the limiting section are required to insure proper tray design. . ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﺑﺨﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ:1 ﻳﺎدآوري Densities are required at actual inside tower conditions of temperature and pressure. . ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮج ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ،ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ واﻗﻌﻲ دﻣﺎ Viscosity is not required unless greater than 0.7 cp . ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ، ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ0/ 7 cp ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از Note 2 : Smallest id through which tray parts must pass. . ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آن ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ:2 ﻳﺎدآوري : اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ Inspection requirements : : ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت Remarks 97 Jan. 2010/ 1388 ﺑﻬﻤﻦ IPS-G-ME-150(1) APPENDIX M ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ م GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ PURCHASER : CERTIFICATE NO. : EQUIPMENT : ORDER NUMBER : :ﺧﺮﻳﺪار MANUFACTURER : :ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ PROJECT : :ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ TAG No : :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش QUANTITY : :ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه :ﭘﺮوژه :ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ :ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺷﺮح DESCRIPTION : (ﺷﻤﺎره ﻧﻘﺸﻪ)ﻫﺎ DRAWING NO (S). We hereby guarantee the above product(s) against any manufacturing defects or poor workmanship for one year after being placed in service or 18 months after date of shipment. ﻣﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از18 ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل)ﻫﺎي( ﺑﺎﻻ را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ اﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ .ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ In the event the product(s) supplied by us fail or develop defects during the above period due to the above reasons, the same shall be rectified by us free of charge. ﻋﻴﻦ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت راﻳﮕﺎن، و ﻳﺎ دﭼﺎر ﻋﻴﺐ ﮔﺮدد،در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل)ﻫﺎي( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ در ﻃﻮل دوره ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﺑﺎ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﺮد .ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ آورده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ Date ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز Authorized Representative 98